Electra Elite 192 System Hareware Manual - Issue 6

Electra Elite 192 System Hareware Manual - Issue 6
Notice
Note that when converting this document from its original format to a .pdf file,
some minor font and format changes may occur causing slight variations from the
original printed document. When viewing and printing this document, we cannot
guarantee that your specific PC or printer will support all of the fonts or graphics.
Therefore, when you view the document, fonts may be substituted and your
individual printer may not have the capability to print the document correctly.
Hardcopies of this document may be ordered by contacting NEC America, Inc.
customer service department. Request Stock Number 750363 (Issue 6).
192
SYSTEM HARDWARE MANUAL
Stock Number 750363
Issue 6
(Series 6000)
NEC America, Inc. reserves the right to change the specifications, functions, or
features at any time without notice.
NEC America, Inc. has prepared this document for use by its employees and
customers. The information contained herein is the property of NEC America,
Inc. and shall not be reproduced without prior written approval of NEC America,
Inc.
Dterm is a registered trademark of NEC Corporation and Electra Elite is a
registered trademarks of NEC America, Inc. Windows is a registered trademark
of Microsoft Corporation. AT&T is a registered trademark of AT&T Wireless
Services, Inc.
Copyright 2002
NEC Infrontia, Inc.
6535 N. State Highway 161
Irving, TX 75039-2402
Technology Development
Preface
GENERAL INFORMATION
Congratulations! You have purchased the NEC Electra Elite 192 System.
The Electra Elite 192 system is a feature-rich key system that provides over
200 features including Computer Telephony Integration, Least Cost Routing,
Automatic Call Distribution, T1, ISDN-BRI Voice Trunks, ISDN-PRI Voice
Trunks, Voice over Internet Protocol, LAN/KTS Cabling Integration and many
others.
The Electra Elite 192 system provides the customer needs today, and as
business expands the system can be expanded to grow as well.
The Electra Elite 192 system has a set of manuals that provide all the
information necessary to install and support the system. This preface
describes these manuals.
THIS MANUAL
This manual contains detailed instructions to install the Electra Elite 192
KSUs, ETUs, Multiline Terminals, and optional equipment in the following
chapters.
Chapter 1 – Introduction
Chapter 1 is a brief description of the Electra Elite 192 system and contains a
detailed list of equipment available with the system.
Chapter 2 – System Specifications
Chapter 2 contains detailed specifications for the Electra Elite 192 system and
should be carefully reviewed by the technician before installing the system.
Chapter 3 – Hardware Requirements
Chapter 3 contains the hardware requirements for the Electra Elite 192
system and should be read by the technician before installing the system.
Chapter 4 – Installing KSUs
Chapter 4 contains the information necessary to install the basic and
expansion KSUs. The technician should become familiar with this section
before starting installation.
Chapter 5 – Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Chapter 5 contains instructions to install the ETUs in the Basic and Expansion
KSUs.
Chapter 6 – Installing Electra Elite and Dterm Series E Multiline Terminals
Chapter 6 describes each available terminal that can be used with the Electra
Elite 192 system and includes installation instructions.
Chapter 7 – Installing Optional Equipment
Chapter 7 contains installation instructions for optional equipment that can be
added to the system as customer business grows.
Chapter 8 – Installing Electra Professional Equipment
Chapter 8 contains instructions for installing Electra Professional terminals on
the Electra Elite 192 system.
Chapter 9 – System Maintenance
Chapter 9 is a guide to help the technician troubleshoot and diagnose
problems during and after system installation.
SUPPORTING
DOCUMENTS
Other manuals in the set are described below.
Electra Elite 48/192 Features and Specifications Manual (Stock Number
750361)
This manual describes each available feature for the system.
Electra Elite 192 General Description Manual (Stock Number 750360)
This manual contains general information about the system features,
configuration and standards. This overview of the Electra Elite system is
useful when presenting information to potential customers.
Electra Elite 48/192 Programming Manual (Stock Number 750362)
This manual contains all programming instructions for the Electra Elite
system.
Electra Elite Least Cost Routing Manual (Stock Number 750364)
This manual contains instructions for the service technician to program the
customer system for least cost routing.
Electra Elite Automatic Call Distribution Manual (Stock Number 750365)
This manual contains instructions for the service technician to program the
ACD. This manual can be used also by the ACD supervisor, at the customer
site, to become familiar with the ACD/MIS feature.
Electra Elite 48/192 Job Specifications Manual (Stock Number 750377)
This manual contains instructions to install and maintain the Electra Elite
48/192 system and includes job specification worksheets. Completing the
worksheets provides all system programming values and configuration
information necessary for technicians to maintain the system.
Elite ACD Plus Installation Manual (Stock Number 750359)
This manual provides general information about the Elite ACD Plus features,
installation procedures and feature programming. The NEC Elite ACD Plus is
an Automatic Call Distribution card that supports up to 40 agents and 12
supervisors at one time
Electra Elite Wireless System Manual (Stock Number 750423
This manual describes the system and provides hardware installation and
programming procedures for the Electra Elite Wireless Communication
System (WCS).
Electra Elite System Administration Terminal End-User Manual (Stock
Number 750180-1)
This manual describes the operation of the SAT End-User program for the
Electra Elite Key Telephone system. This program is a user-friendly Windows
application that allows the user to program and configure several features of
the Eletra Elite KTS from the PC environment.
Elite VoIP Gateway Card Installation Manual (Stock Number 750367)
This manual describes the IPT(4)/(8)-U10 ETU, an optional interface for the
Electra Elite KTS, that can combine trunk and tie line calls into Voice over
internet Protocol (VoIP) Gateway trunks.
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Regulatory Information
Regulatory Information
GENERAL
INFORMATION
Established Federal Communications Commission (FCC) rules permit this
telephone system to be directly connected to the telephone network. A jack is
provided by the telephone company. Jacks for this type of customer provided
equipment are not provided on party lines or coin lines.
The telephone company may change technical operations and procedures.
When such changes affect the compatibility or use of the Electra Elite system,
the telephone company is required to give adequate notice of the changes.
COMPANY
NOTIFICATION
Before connecting this telephone system to the telephone network, the
following information must be provided to the telephone company:
1. Your telephone Number.
2. FCC registration number:
System Hardware Manual
When the system is to be installed as a Key Function system (no dial
access to Trunk Groups/Route Advance Blocks), use the following
number:
AY5THA-24363-KF-E
When the system is to be installed as a Multifunction system, use the
following number:
AY5THA-24361-MF-E
When the system is to be installed as a PBX system, use the
following number:
AY5THA-24362-PF-E
Ringer Equivalence Number (REN): 2.0B
USOC jack required: RJ21X
1
Issue 6
Electra Elite
The Facility Interface Code (FIC), Ringer Equivalent Number (REN), Service
Order Code (SOC), and Jack for each interface ETU are listed in the
following table:
Table 1 FIC, REN, SOC, and Jack Types for Electra Elite System ETUs
Trunk/Station ETU Type
FIC
REN
SOC
Jack
02IS5
N/A
6.0F
N/A
02RV-O
0.7A
9.0F
RJ21X
COI(4)-U10 ETU (Loop Start)
02LS2
0.7A
9.0F
RJ21X
COI(8)-U10 ETU (Loop Start)
02LS2
0.7A
9.0F
RJ21X
COI(8)-U10 ETU (Ground Start)
02GS2
0.7A
9.0F
RJ21X
COIB(4)-U10 ETU for COID/COI
Mode (Loop Start)
02LS2
0.7A
9.0F
RJ21X
COIB(4)-U10 ETU for COI Mode
(Ground Start)
02GS2
0.7A
9.0F
RJ21X
COID(4)/(8)-U10 ETU (Loop Start)
02LS2
0.7A
9.0F
RJ21X
DID(4)-U10 ETU
02RV2T
N/A
9.0F
RJ21X
DTI-U10/20 ETU
04DU9-BN
04DU9-DN
04DU9-1KN
04DU9-1SN
N/A
6.0P
N/A
OPX(2)-U10 ETU
0L13C
N/A
9.0F
RJ21X
04DU9-1SN
N/A
6.0P
N/A
TL31M
N/A
9.0F
RJ21X
BRT(4)-U10 ETU
CAMA Trunk
PRT(1)-U10/20 ETU
TLI(2)-U10 ETU
INCIDENCE OF HARM
2
When the system is malfunctioning, it could harm the telephone network.
The telephone system should be disconnected until the problem can be
determined and repair is made. When this is not done, the telephone
company may temporarily disconnect service.
Regulatory Information
Electra Elite
RADIO FREQUENCY
INTERFERENCE
Issue 6
In compliance with FCC Part 15 rules, the following statement is provided:
IMPORTANT NOTE
“This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and if
not installed and used in accordance with the Installation Service Manual, may
cause interference to radio communications. This equipment has been tested
and approved for compliance with the limits for a Class A computing device
pursuant to Subpart J of Part 15 of FCC Rules, that provide reasonable protection
against such interference when operated in a commercial environment.
Operation of this telephone system in a residential area is likely to cause
interference, in which case, the user, at his or her own expense, is required to
take whatever measures may be required to correct the interference.”
HEARING AID
COMPATIBILITY
DIRECT INWARD
DIALING
The NEC Multiline Terminals and NEC Single Line Telephones provided
for this system are hearing aid compatible. The manufacturer of other
Single Line Telephones for use with the system must provide notice of
hearing aid compatibility to comply with FCC rules that prohibit the use of
non-hearing aid compatible telephones.
Operating this equipment without providing proper answer supervision is a
violation of Part 68 of the FCC rules.
Proper Answer Supervision occurs when:
This equipment returns answer supervision to the Public Switched
Telephone Network (PSTN) when Direct Inward Dialing (DID) calls
are:
Answered by the Attendant.
Routed to a recorded announcement that can be administered by
the Customer Premise Equipment (CPE) user.
Routed to a dial prompt.
This equipment returns answer supervision on all DID calls forwarded
to the Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN). Permissible
exceptions are:
System Hardware Manual
Answered by the called station.
A call is unanswered.
A busy tone is received.
A reorder tone is received.
3
Issue 6
VOICE
ANNOUNCEMENT/
MONITORING OVER
DID LINES
Electra Elite
CAUTION
The use of monitoring, recording or listening devices to eavesdrop, monitor, retrieve
or record telephone conversations or other sound activities, whether or not
contemporaneous with its transmission, may be illegal in certain circumstances
under federal or state laws. Legal advise should be sought prior to implementing
any practice that monitors or records any telephone conversation. Some federal
and state laws require some form of notification to all parties to the telephone
conversation, such as using a beep tone or other notification methods, or require the
consent of all parties to the telephone conversation, prior to monitoring or recording
a telephone conversation. Some of these laws incorporate strict penalties.
MUSIC ON HOLD
IMPORTANT NOTE
"In accordance with U.S. Copyright Law, a license may be required from the
American Society of Composers, Authors and Publishers, or other similar
organization, when radio or TV broadcasts are transmitted through the Music On
Hold feature of this telecommunication system. NEC America Inc., hereby disclaims
any liability arising out of the failure to obtain such a license."
SERVICE
REQUIREMENTS
UL REGULATORY
INFORMATION
4
When equipment malfunctions, all repairs will be performed by NEC
America, Inc. or by an authorized agent. The user must report the need for
service to an NEC America, Inc. authorized agent or to NEC America, Inc.
This equipment has been listed by Underwriters Laboratories and complies
with all applicable requirements of the standard for telephone equipment UL
1459.
Regulatory Information
Electra Elite
INDUSTRY CANADA
REQUIREMENTS
Issue 6
Industry Canada has established rules that permit this telephone system
to be directly connected to the telephone network. Prior to the connection
or disconnection of this telephone system to or from the telephone
network, the telephone company must be provided with the following
information.
1. Your telephone number:
2. IC Certificate number: 140 7942 A
3. Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) of the equipment: 2.1
The Industry Canada label identifies certified equipment. This certification
means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network
protective, operational and safety requirements as prescribed in the
applicable Terminal Equipment Technical requirements document(s). The
Department does not guarantee that equipment operates to user
satisfaction.
Before installation, the user should ensure that it is permissible to connect
this equipment to the facilities of the local telecommunications company.
The equipment must also be installed using an acceptable method of
connection. The customer should be aware that compliance with the
above conditions may not prevent degradation of service in some
situations.
Repairs to certified equipment should be coordinated by a representative
designated by the supplier. Any repairs or alterations made by the user to
this equipment, or equipment malfunctions, may give the
telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the
equipment.
Users should ensure for their own protection that the electrical ground
connections of the power utility, telephone lines and internal metallic water
pipe system, when present, are connected together. This precaution may
be particularly important in rural areas.
CAUTION
Users should not attempt to make such connections themselves, but
should contact the applicable electric inspection authority, or electrician.
The Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) assigned to each terminal device
provides an indication of the maximum number of terminals allowed to be
connected to a telephone interface. The termination of an interface may
consist of any combination of devices subject only to the requirement that
the sum of the Ringer Equivalent Numbers of all the devices does not
exceed 5.
System Hardware Manual
5
Issue 6
Electra Elite
This equipment is listed by the Canadian Standards Association and
complies with all applicable requirements of the standard for telephone
equipment C 22.2 No. 225.
This equipment meets IC requirements CS03.
This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class A limits for radio noise
emissions from digital apparatus as regulated by the radio interference
regulations of Industry Canada.
Le present appareil numerique n’emet pas de bruits radioelectriques
depassant les limites applicables aux appareils numeriques de Classe A
prescrites dans le reglement sur le brouillage radioelectrique edicte par
Industrie Canada.
BATTERY DISPOSAL
The Electra Elite system includes the batteries listed below. When
disposing of these batteries, KSUs, and/or ETUs, you must comply with
applicable federal and state regulations regarding proper disposal
procedures.
Table 2 Battery Types and Quantities for KSUs and ETUs
Unit Name
Type of Battery
Quantity
Lead Acid
2
Nickel-Cadmium
1
CTI/VP(4)/(8)/(12)/(16)U10
Lithium
1
DTP-1HM-1(WH) TEL
DTP-1HM-2(WH)/(BK)
TEL
Lithium
1
DTP-16HC-1(BK) TEL
Nickel-Cadmium
1
DTR-4R-1(BK) TEL
Nickel-Cadmium
1
DTU-4R-1(BK) TEL
Lead Acid
1
ETW-4R-1(BK) TEL
Nickel-Cadmium
1
FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U10
ETU
Nickel-Cadmium
1
MIFA-U10
Nickel-Cadmium
1
MIFM-U10
Nickel-Cadmium
1
B64-U10 KSU
CPUB( )-U10 ETU
6
Regulatory Information
Electra Elite
Issue 6
The Electra Elite CPUB( )-U10 ETU provides memory backup for
approximately 21 days. The Ni-Cd battery should be replaced about every
two years.
IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS FOR BATTERY DISPOSAL
DO NOT PLACE USED BATTERIES IN YOUR REGULAR TRASH! THE
PRODUCT YOU PURCHASED CONTAINS A NICKEL-CADMIUM OR
SEALED LEAD BATTERY. NICKEL-CADMIUM OR SEALED LEAD
BATTERIES MUST BE COLLECTED, RECYCLED, OR DISPOSED OF
IN AN ENVIRONMENTALLY SOUND MANNER.
The incineration, landfilling or mixing of nickel-cadmium or sealed lead
batteries with the municipal solid waste stream is PROHIBITED BY LAW
in most areas. Contact your local solid waste management officials for
other information regarding the environmentally sound collection,
recycling, and disposal of the battery.
Nickel-Cadmium (or sealed lead) batteries must be returned to a federal or
state approved nickel-cadmium (or sealed lead) battery recycler. This
may be where the batteries were originally sold or a local seller of
automotive batteries. Contact your local waste management officials for
other information regarding the environmentally sound collection, recycling
and disposal of the battery contained in this product. For Ni-Cd batteries,
you can also call 1-800-8-BATTERY SM if further information is required.
The packaging for the Electra Elite system contains the following labels
regarding proper disposal.
System Hardware Manual
7
Issue 6
Electra Elite
PRODUCT PACKAGE LABELING
CONTAINS NICKEL-CADMIUM BATTERY.
BATTERY MUST BE RECYCLED OR
DISPOSED OF PROPERLY. MUST NOT BE
DISPOSED OF IN MUNICIPAL WASTE.
Ni-Cd
CONTAINS
SEALED
LEAD
BATTERY.
BATTERY MUST BE RECYCLED. MUST NOT
BE DISPOSED OF IN MUNICIPAL WASTE.
Pb
CONTAINS
NICKEL-METAL
HYDRIDE
BATTERY. BATTERY MUST BE RECYCLED
OR DISPOSED OF PROPERLY. MUST NOT
BE DISPOSED OF IN MUNICIPAL WASTE.
Ni-MH
8
Regulatory Information
Table of Contents
Chapter 1
Introduction
Section 1
General Information ........................................................................ 1-1
1.1
Section 2
Equipment Description ................................................................... 1-4
2.1
Chapter 2
Unique Design .............................................................................1-1
Equipment List ............................................................................1-4
System Specifications
Section 1
General Information ........................................................................ 2-1
Section 2
System Block Diagram ................................................................... 2-1
Section 3
Maximum System Capacities ......................................................... 2-4
Section 4
System Requirements and Specifications .................................... 2-5
4.1
Cabling Requirements and Specifications ..................................2-5
4.2
Cabling Precautions ....................................................................2-8
4.3
4.2.1
Cable Placement ............................................................... 2-8
4.2.2
Environmental Conditions ................................................. 2-8
Power Requirements ...................................................................2-8
4.3.1
Power Supply Inputs ......................................................... 2-8
4.3.2
Power Supply Consumption .............................................. 2-9
4.3.3
Fuse Replacement ............................................................ 2-9
4.4
Outside Line Types ...................................................................2-10
4.5
Transmission, Network, and Control Specifications ..................2-10
System Hardware Manual
4.5.1
Transmission ................................................................... 2-10
4.5.2
Network ........................................................................... 2-10
4.5.3
Control ............................................................................. 2-11
i
Issue 6
Electra Elite
4.5.4
4.6
4.7
ii
Dialing Specifications ................................................................ 2-12
4.6.1
Dial Pulse Address Signaling ...........................................2-12
4.6.2
Dual-Tone Multifrequency (DTMF)
Address Signaling ............................................................2-12
Battery Backup .......................................................................... 2-13
4.7.1
System Backup ................................................................2-13
4.7.2
Memory Backup ...............................................................2-13
4.8
Weights and Dimensions .......................................................... 2-14
4.9
External Equipment Interface .................................................... 2-17
4.10
Chapter 3
Telephone ........................................................................2-11
4.9.1
Music on Hold/Station Background Music .......................2-17
4.9.2
External Paging (Audio) ...................................................2-17
4.9.3
External Tone Ringer/Night Chime Output ......................2-18
4.9.4
SMDR Output ...................................................................2-18
4.9.5
PC Connection .................................................................2-18
4.9.6
ACD/MIS Connector ........................................................2-18
4.9.7
Relay Contact ..................................................................2-18
Audible and Visual Indications .................................................. 2-18
4.10.1
Tone Patterns ..................................................................2-18
4.10.2
LED Flash Patterns ..........................................................2-18
Hardware Requirements
Section 1
General Information ........................................................................ 3-1
Section 2
Programming Stations .................................................................... 3-1
Section 3
Attendant Stations .......................................................................... 3-1
Section 4
Programming from a PC ................................................................. 3-1
Section 5
Programming from a Multiline Terminal ....................................... 3-2
Table of Contents
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Section 6
Electra Elite Remote PC Programming ........................................ 3-2
6.1
Section 7
Chapter 4
Remote Programming .................................................................3-2
Determining Required Equipment ................................................. 3-3
7.1
Station Equipment .......................................................................3-3
7.2
Interface ETUs ............................................................................3-4
7.2.1
Determining Telephone and CO Port Numbers ................ 3-6
7.2.2
Determining the Number of Required Interface ETUs ......3-7
7.2.3
PBR Requirements ........................................................... 3-7
Installing KSUs
Section 1
General Information ........................................................................ 4-1
Section 2
Site Preparation and MDF/IDF Construction ................................ 4-1
Section 3
2.1
Precautionary Information ..........................................................4-1
2.2
Surveying the Customer Site ......................................................4-1
2.3
Selecting the Best Location for Proper Installation .....................4-2
Selecting the KSU Installation Site .................................... 4-2
2.3.2
Selecting a Permanent MDF Location .............................. 4-3
2.3.3
Selecting a Site for Installing the Telephones ................... 4-3
2.4
Constructing the Main Distribution Frame (MDF) ........................4-3
2.5
Power Failure Transfer ..............................................................4-10
2.6
Fax CO Branch Connection ......................................................4-11
Installing Basic and Expansion KSUs ......................................... 4-11
3.1
System Hardware Manual
2.3.1
General Information ..................................................................4-12
3.1.1
Basic KSU ....................................................................... 4-12
3.1.2
Expansion KSUs ............................................................. 4-12
iii
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.2
Removing the KSU Cover ......................................................... 4-12
3.3
Installing a Front Cover Extender (FCE-U10 Unit) .................... 4-13
3.4
Securing Cables Using the Velcro Strap ................................... 4-16
3.5
Wall Mounting the Basic KSU ................................................... 4-18
3.6
Wall Mounting the Expansion KSU ........................................... 4-21
3.7
Rack Mounting the Basic KSU .................................................. 4-22
3.8
Rack Mounting the Expansion KSU .......................................... 4-24
3.9
Floor Mounting the Basic KSU .................................................. 4-25
3.10
Cable Routing ........................................................................... 4-26
3.11
3.12
Chapter 5
Connecting the Battery Expansion Cables
on the KSU .......................................................................4-26
3.10.2
Grounding Requirements .................................................4-27
Replacing the Power Supply Unit in the KSU ........................... 4-29
3.11.1
Connecting the Power Supply Unit
to the Basic KSU ..............................................................4-29
3.11.2
Connecting Battery Expansion Cables
to the Expansion KSU.......................................................4-31
3.11.3
Fuse Replacement .........................................................4-32
Installing Built-In and External Batteries in the KSU ................. 4-33
3.12.1
Built-In Battery Installation ...............................................4-33
3.12.2
External Battery Installation .............................................4-35
3.12.2.1
Basic KSU ......................................................4-35
3.12.2.2
Expansion KSU ..............................................4-38
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Section 1
General Information ........................................................................ 5-1
Section 2
Installation ....................................................................................... 5-2
2.1
iv
3.10.1
Installation Precautions ............................................................... 5-2
Table of Contents
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Section 3
2.2
Inserting an ETU into the KSU Slots ...........................................5-5
2.3
Removing an ETU from the KSU ................................................5-6
Common Control Units ................................................................... 5-7
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
System Hardware Manual
CPUB( )-U10 ETU ......................................................................5-7
3.1.1
Description ........................................................................5-7
3.1.2
Installation ......................................................................... 5-8
3.1.3
Switch Settings .................................................................. 5-9
3.1.4
Connectors ......................................................................5-10
3.1.5
LED Indications ...............................................................5-10
3.1.6
Replacing Memory Backup ............................................. 5-11
CLKG-U10 Unit .........................................................................5-11
3.2.1
Description ......................................................................5-11
3.2.2
Installation ....................................................................... 5-12
3.2.3
Connectors ......................................................................5-12
3.2.4
Switch Settings ................................................................ 5-12
EXP-U10 ETU ...........................................................................5-13
3.3.1
Description ......................................................................5-13
3.3.2
Installation ....................................................................... 5-13
3.3.3
Connectors ......................................................................5-14
KMA(1.0)U ................................................................................5-14
3.4.1
Description ......................................................................5-14
3.4.2
Installation ....................................................................... 5-14
KMM(1.0)U ................................................................................5-14
3.5.1
Description ......................................................................5-14
3.5.2
Installation ....................................................................... 5-14
MIFA-U10 ETU ..........................................................................5-15
3.6.1
Description ......................................................................5-15
3.6.2
Installation ....................................................................... 5-15
v
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.7
3.8
Section 4
Switch Settings ................................................................5-16
3.6.4
LED Indications ................................................................5-16
3.6.5
Connectors .......................................................................5-17
MIFM-U10 ETU ......................................................................... 5-18
3.7.1
Description .......................................................................5-18
3.7.2
Installation ........................................................................5-18
3.7.3
Switch Settings ................................................................5-19
3.7.4
LED Indications ................................................................5-19
3.7.5
Connectors .......................................................................5-20
Modem Kit Unit ......................................................................... 5-20
3.8.1
Description .......................................................................5-20
3.8.2
Installation ........................................................................5-20
Trunk ETUs .................................................................................... 5-21
4.1
4.2
vi
3.6.3
BRT(4)-U10 ETU ...................................................................... 5-21
4.1.1
Description .......................................................................5-21
4.1.2
Installation ........................................................................5-22
4.1.3
Switch Settings ................................................................5-22
4.1.4
Jumpers ...........................................................................5-22
4.1.5
LED Indications ................................................................5-22
4.1.6
Connectors .......................................................................5-23
4.1.7
Connections .....................................................................5-24
COI(4)/(8)-U10 ETU .................................................................. 5-25
4.2.1
Description .......................................................................5-25
4.2.2
Installation ........................................................................5-26
4.2.3
Switch Settings ................................................................5-26
4.2.4
LED Indications ................................................................5-26
4.2.5
Connectors .......................................................................5-26
4.2.6
Connections ....................................................................5-27
Table of Contents
Electra Elite
Issue 6
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
System Hardware Manual
COIB(4)-U10 ETU .....................................................................5-28
4.3.1
Description ......................................................................5-28
4.3.2
Installation ....................................................................... 5-29
4.3.3
Switch Settings ................................................................ 5-29
4.3.4
LED Indications ...............................................................5-29
4.3.5
Connectors ......................................................................5-30
4.3.6
Connections .................................................................... 5-30
COID(4)/(8)-U10 ETU ...............................................................5-31
4.4.1
Description ......................................................................5-31
4.4.2
Installation ....................................................................... 5-32
4.4.3
Switch Settings ................................................................ 5-32
4.4.4
LED Indications ...............................................................5-32
4.4.5
Connectors ......................................................................5-32
4.4.6
Connections .................................................................... 5-32
DID(4)-U10 ETU ........................................................................5-33
4.5.1
Description ......................................................................5-33
4.5.2
Installation ....................................................................... 5-34
4.5.3
LED Indications ...............................................................5-34
4.5.4
Connectors ......................................................................5-34
4.5.5
Connections .................................................................... 5-34
DTI-U10/20 ETU .......................................................................5-35
4.6.1
Description ......................................................................5-35
4.6.2
Installation ....................................................................... 5-36
4.6.3
Switch Settings ................................................................ 5-36
4.6.4
LED Indications ...............................................................5-37
4.6.5
Alarm Conditions ............................................................. 5-37
4.6.6
Connectors ......................................................................5-38
4.6.7
Connections .................................................................... 5-38
vii
Issue 6
Electra Elite
4.7
4.8
4.9
Section 5
4.7.1
Description .......................................................................5-39
4.7.2
Installation ........................................................................5-40
4.7.3
LED Indications ................................................................5-40
4.7.4
IPT(4)-U10 to IPT(8)-U10 ETU Conversion .....................5-41
4.7.5
Connectors .......................................................................5-41
4.7.6
Switch S1 .........................................................................5-42
4.7.7
Connections ....................................................................5-42
PRT(1)-U10/20 ETU ................................................................. 5-43
4.8.1
Description .......................................................................5-43
4.8.2
Installation ........................................................................5-44
4.8.3
Switch Settings ................................................................5-44
4.8.4
LED Indications ................................................................5-45
4.8.5
Alarm Conditions ..............................................................5-46
4.8.6
Connectors .......................................................................5-47
4.8.7
Connections .....................................................................5-47
TLI(2)-U10 ETU ........................................................................ 5-48
4.9.1
Description .......................................................................5-48
4.9.2
Installation ........................................................................5-48
4.9.3
Switch Settings ................................................................5-49
4.9.4
LED Indications ................................................................5-49
4.9.5
Connectors .......................................................................5-49
4.9.6
Connections .....................................................................5-50
Station ETUs .................................................................................. 5-51
5.1
viii
IPT(4)/(8)-U10 ETU ................................................................... 5-39
CNF(8)-U10 ETU ...................................................................... 5-51
5.1.1
Description .......................................................................5-51
5.1.2
Installation ........................................................................5-51
5.1.3
Switch Settings ...............................................................5-52
Table of Contents
Electra Elite
Issue 6
5.2
5.1.4
LED Indications ...............................................................5-52
5.1.5
Connectors ......................................................................5-52
CTI/VP(4)/(8)/(12)/(16)-U10 ETU ..............................................5-53
5.2.1
5.3
5.4
5.5
System Hardware Manual
Description ......................................................................5-53
5.2.1.1
System Board Components ..........................5-55
5.2.1.2
Daughter Board Components ........................ 5-57
5.2.1.3
Port Expansion Board ................................... 5-58
5.2.2
Installation ....................................................................... 5-59
5.2.3
Installation Precautions ................................................... 5-59
DPH(4)-U10 ETU ......................................................................5-60
5.3.1
Description ......................................................................5-60
5.3.2
Installation ....................................................................... 5-60
5.3.3
Switch Settings ................................................................ 5-61
5.3.4
LED Indications ...............................................................5-61
5.3.5
Connectors ......................................................................5-62
5.3.6
Specifications .................................................................. 5-62
ESI(8)-U10 ETU ........................................................................5-63
5.4.1
Description ......................................................................5-63
5.4.2
Switch Settings ................................................................ 5-63
5.4.3
Installation ....................................................................... 5-63
5.4.4
LED Indications ...............................................................5-64
5.4.5
Connectors ......................................................................5-64
5.4.6
Connections .................................................................... 5-64
FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U10 ETU ...........................................................5-65
5.5.1
Description ......................................................................5-65
5.5.2
Installation ....................................................................... 5-66
5.5.3
Switch Settings ................................................................ 5-68
5.5.4
LED Indications ...............................................................5-68
ix
Issue 6
Electra Elite
5.6
5.7
5.8
5.9
x
5.5.5
Connectors ......................................................................5-70
5.5.6
Installation Precautions ....................................................5-70
OPX(2)-U10 ETU ...................................................................... 5-71
5.6.1
Description ......................................................................5-71
5.6.2
Installation .......................................................................5-72
5.6.3
LED Indications ...............................................................5-72
5.6.4
Connectors ......................................................................5-72
5.6.5
Connections ....................................................................5-72
SLI(4)/(8)-U10 ETU ................................................................... 5-73
5.7.1
Description ......................................................................5-73
5.7.2
Installation .......................................................................5-74
5.7.3
LED Indications ...............................................................5-74
5.7.4
Connectors ......................................................................5-74
5.7.5
Connections ....................................................................5-74
VDH2(8)-U10 ETU .................................................................... 5-75
5.8.1
Description ......................................................................5-75
5.8.2
Specifications ..................................................................5-75
5.8.3
Cabling ............................................................................5-76
5.8.4
Installing the VDH2(8)-U10 .............................................5-79
5.8.5
Switch Settings and Jumpers ..........................................5-81
5.8.6
LED Indications ...............................................................5-82
5.8.7
Connectors ......................................................................5-83
VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U10 ETU ........................................................... 5-84
5.9.1
Description ......................................................................5-84
5.9.2
Installation .......................................................................5-85
5.9.3
Switch Settings ................................................................5-87
5.9.4
LED Indications ...............................................................5-88
5.9.5
Connectors ......................................................................5-89
Table of Contents
Electra Elite
Issue 6
5.9.6
Section 6
Optional ETUs ............................................................................... 5-90
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
ACD(8)-U10 ETU ......................................................................5-90
6.1.1
Description ......................................................................5-90
6.1.2
Installation ....................................................................... 5-90
6.1.3
LED Indications ...............................................................5-91
6.1.4
Connectors ......................................................................5-91
6.1.5
Installation Precautions ................................................... 5-91
BSU(2)-U10 ETU ......................................................................5-92
6.2.1
Description ......................................................................5-92
6.2.2
Installation ....................................................................... 5-92
6.2.3
Switch Settings ................................................................ 5-92
6.2.4
LED Indications ...............................................................5-94
6.2.5
Connectors ......................................................................5-96
6.2.6
ZT II Connections ............................................................ 5-96
ECR-U10 ETU ...........................................................................5-97
6.3.1
Description ......................................................................5-97
6.3.2
Installation ....................................................................... 5-97
6.3.3
LED Indications ...............................................................5-97
6.3.4
Connectors ......................................................................5-99
6.3.5
Specifications ................................................................ 5-100
PBR( )-U10 ETU ....................................................................5-101
6.4.1
Description ....................................................................5-101
6.4.2
Installation ..................................................................... 5-102
6.4.3
LED Indications .............................................................5-102
6.4.4
Connectors ....................................................................5-102
VRS(4)-U10 ETU ....................................................................5-103
6.5.1
System Hardware Manual
Installation Precautions ................................................... 5-89
Description ....................................................................5-103
xi
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Chapter 6
Installation ......................................................................5-104
6.5.3
Switch Settings ...............................................................5-104
6.5.4
LED Indications ..............................................................5-105
6.5.5
Connectors .....................................................................5-105
6.5.6
Pins ................................................................................5-105
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals
Section 1
General Information ........................................................................ 6-1
Section 2
Multiline Terminals .......................................................................... 6-1
Section 3
xii
6.5.2
2.1
DTP-2DT-1(WH) TEL .................................................................. 6-1
2.2
DTU-8-1(BK)/(WH) TEL .............................................................. 6-2
2.3
DTU-8D-2(BK)/(WH) TEL ........................................................... 6-3
2.4
DTU-16-1(BK)/(WH) TEL ............................................................ 6-4
2.5
DTU-16D-2(BK)/(WH) TEL ......................................................... 6-5
2.6
DTU-32-1(BK)/(WH) TEL ............................................................ 6-6
2.7
DTU-32D-2(BK)/(WH) TEL ......................................................... 6-7
2.8
DCU-60-1(BK)/(WH) CONSOLE ................................................. 6-8
Single Line Telephones .................................................................. 6-9
3.1
DTP 1-1(WH) or DTP 1-2(WH)/(BK) TEL ................................... 6-9
3.2
DTP-1HM-1(WH) or DTP-1HM-2(WH)/(BK) TEL ...................... 6-10
Section 4
Connecting a Multiline Terminal to the System ......................... 6-11
Section 5
Connecting an Attendant Console
to a Multiline Terminal .................................................................. 6-12
Section 6
Adjusting the LCD ......................................................................... 6-13
Table of Contents
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Section 7
Installing Line Cards and Plastic Panels ................................... 6-14
7.1
Line Card and Plastic Panel Installation ....................................6-14
7.2
Plastic Panel Removal ..............................................................6-15
Section 8
Removing Softkeys ....................................................................... 6-16
Section 9
Adjusting the Height of the Multiline Terminal ........................... 6-17
Section 10
Installing a Dterm ® Cordless Lite or
Dterm ® Cordless II Terminal ......................................................... 6-19
Section 11
Section 12
Section 13
10.1
Selecting an Installation Location ..............................................6-19
10.2
Connecting the Telephone Cords .............................................6-20
10.3
Applying Power to the Base Unit ...............................................6-21
Installing Dterm ® Handset Cordless Terminal ............................ 6-22
11.1
Selecting an Installation Location ..............................................6-22
11.2
Connecting the Telephone Cord ...............................................6-22
11.3
Applying Power to the Base Unit ...............................................6-23
Installing a Dterm ® Analog Cordless Terminal ........................... 6-24
12.1
Selecting an Installation Location ..............................................6-24
12.2
Connecting the Telephone Cord ...............................................6-24
12.3
Applying Power to the Base Unit ...............................................6-25
Dterm ® PS II .................................................................................... 6-26
13.1
Section 14
Chapter 7
Description ................................................................................6-26
Wall Mounting the DTP-1-1 TEL and DTP-1HM-1 TEL ............... 6-27
14.1
Hanger Hook .............................................................................6-27
14.2
Using Installed Modular Wall Plate ...........................................6-28
Installing Optional Equipment
Section 1
General Information ........................................................................ 7-1
Section 2
Preparing Multiline Terminal for Adapter Installation ................. 7-1
System Hardware Manual
xiii
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Section 3
Installation Procedures ................................................................. 7-6
3.1
ACA-U Unit (AC Adapter) .......................................................... 7-6
3.1.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
ADA-U Unit (Ancillary Device Adapter) ...................................... 7-7
3.2.1
Installing an ADA-U Unit on a Multiline Terminal ...............7-7
3.2.2
Connecting Cables to the ADA-U Unit ...............................7-9
3.2.3
Switch Settings ................................................................7-11
APA-U Unit (Analog Port Adapter) ............................................ 7-13
3.3.1
Installing APA-U Unit on any DTP/DTU
Multiline Terminal except DTP-2DT-1(WH)
and DTP-16HC-1(BK). .....................................................7-13
3.3.2
Switch Settings ................................................................7-14
3.3.3
Connecting Cables on the APA-U Unit ............................7-15
APR-U Unit (Analog Port Ringer) .............................................. 7-16
3.4.1
Installing an APR-U Unit on any DTP/DTU
Multiline Terminal except DTP-2DT-1(WH)
and DTP-16HC-1(BK) ......................................................7-16
3.4.2
Switch Settings ................................................................7-19
3.4.3
Connecting Cables on the APR-U Unit ...........................7-20
CTA-U Unit (Computer Telephony Application) ....................... 7-21
3.5.1
Installing the CTA-U Unit .................................................7-22
3.5.2
Connecting the Cables on the CTA-U Unit ......................7-22
3.5.3
Installing the Driver on the PC .........................................7-23
Computer Telephony Adapter with USB Interface .................... 7-23
3.6.1
CTU(C)-U Unit Connections ............................................7-24
3.6.2
CTU(S) Unit Connections ................................................7-25
DBM(B)-U10 Box and DBM(E)-U10 Box
Message Display Boards .......................................................... 7-26
3.7.1
xiv
Connecting the ACA-U Unit ...............................................7-6
Connecting DBM(E)-U10 Box to DBM(B)-U10 Box
or Another DBM(E)-U10 Box ..........................................7-27
Table of Contents
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.8
3.9
3.7.2
Wall Mounting DBM(B)-U10 and Expansion Boards ....... 7-29
3.7.3
Connecting the DBM(B) to Power and ESI ..................... 7-31
HFU-U(BK)/(WH) Unit (Handsfree Unit) ....................................7-32
3.8.1
Installing an HFU-U(BK)/(WH) Unit on any DTP/DTU
Multiline Terminal except DTP-2DT-1(WH) and
DTP-16HC-1(BK) ............................................................ 7-32
3.8.2
Installing the External Microphone .................................. 7-33
3.8.3
Switch Settings ................................................................ 7-34
PCT( )-U10 Unit (PC Telephony Board) ..................................7-35
3.9.1
3.10
3.11
3.12
3.13
SLT(1)-U10 ADP (Single Line Telephone) ................................7-36
3.10.1
Connecting the SLT(1)-U10 ADP to the System ............. 7-36
3.10.2
Wall Mounting the SLT(1)-U10 ADP ............................... 7-38
VDD-U Unit (Voice/Data Unit for Digital Terminals) ..................7-39
3.11.1
Installing a VDD-U Unit on a Multiline Terminal .............. 7-39
3.11.2
Connecting Cables to the VDD-U Unit ............................ 7-39
Wall Mounting ...........................................................................7-40
3.12.1
Removing and Remounting the Handset Hanger ........... 7-40
3.12.2
Wall Mounting using the Base Unit ................................. 7-41
3.12.3
Installing the Wall Mount Unit and Mounting the
Multiline Terminal using the WMU-U Unit ....................... 7-46
3.12.4
Removing the Multiline Terminal
from the Base Cover ....................................................... 7-50
3.12.5
Removing the Multiline Terminal
from the WMU-U Unit ...................................................... 7-50
Music on Hold ...........................................................................7-51
3.13.1
System Hardware Manual
Connecting a MIC/Line-In ............................................... 7-36
Connecting Audio Sources to the KSU ........................... 7-51
xv
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Chapter 8
3.14
Station Background Music ........................................................ 7-51
3.15
Paging Connections .................................................................. 7-51
3.16
Connecting a KSU to a Personal Computer ............................. 7-52
3.16.1
Connecting the PC to the KSU ........................................7-52
3.16.2
Connecting the Printer to the KSU ...................................7-53
3.16.3
Remote Programming using the Built-in Modem
(Modem Kit Unit) ..............................................................7-53
Installing Electra Professional Equipment
Section 1
General Information ........................................................................ 8-1
Section 2
Electra Professional Multiline Terminals ...................................... 8-1
Section 3
Connecting an Electra Professional Multiline Terminal
to the Electra Elite System .............................................................8-2
3.1
Modular Terminal Connections ................................................... 8-2
3.1.1
3.2
Section 4
Chapter 9
xvi
Attach a Multiline Terminal to the System ................................... 8-3
Installing an Ancillary Device Adapter
in the Multiline Terminal ................................................................. 8-3
4.1
Section 5
Connecting Multiline Terminals, Attendant Add-On
Consoles, and SLT Adapters .............................................8-2
Ancillary Device Adapter Installation ........................................... 8-3
Connecting an Attendant Console
to a Multiline Terminal .................................................................... 8-5
System Maintenance
Section 1
Introduction ..................................................................................... 9-1
Section 2
Operational Current and Voltage Checks ..................................... 9-1
Table of Contents
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Section 3
Section 4
Operational Test Procedures ......................................................... 9-2
3.1
General Information ....................................................................9-2
3.2
Before Initializing .........................................................................9-2
3.2.1
Cable Connections ............................................................ 9-2
3.2.2
AC/DC Power .................................................................... 9-2
3.2.3
Initialization Check ............................................................ 9-3
3.3
System Initialization ....................................................................9-3
3.4
After Initialization .......................................................................9-4
Troubleshooting .............................................................................. 9-5
4.1
Remote Administration and Maintenance ...................................9-5
4.2
Problem Solving ..........................................................................9-5
4.3
4.2.1
System Down .................................................................... 9-5
4.2.2
Partial Operation ............................................................... 9-5
4.2.3
Reset ................................................................................. 9-6
Flowcharts ...................................................................................9-6
No internal Dial Tone to any Multiline Terminal or SLT ................... 9-7
No LED or Display Indications on any Multiline Terminal ................ 9-8
Radio Frequency Interference (RFI) ................................................ 9-9
No or Intermittent CO/PBX Ring ....................................................9-10
Call Dropping .................................................................................9-11
No Outside Dial Tone Access ........................................................ 9-12
CO/PBX Dialing Problem: Cannot Dial Out on CO ....................... 9-13
Multiline Terminal Function Problems ............................................ 9-14
Multiline Terminal Ringing Problems ............................................. 9-15
Multiline Terminal Dial Tone Access Problems ............................. 9-16
No Dial Tone Access on SLT ......................................................... 9-17
Ringing Problem on SLT ................................................................ 9-18
No Dial Access to Features on SLT ............................................... 9-19
Low Volume Problems ................................................................... 9-20
External Paging Problems ............................................................. 9-21
System Hardware Manual
xvii
Issue 6
Electra Elite
SMDR Output Problems (No Call Accounting System) ..................9-22
Appendix A Glossary of Abbreviations
xviii
Table of Contents
List of Figures
Figure 1-1
System Configuration Example .................................................................... 1-3
Figure 2-1
System Block Diagram ................................................................................. 2-3
Figure 2-2
Connecting the ESI Using Twisted 2-Pair Cable ......................................... 2-7
Figure 3-1
Interface Slot and System Port Numbers for an Electra Elite System ......... 3-5
Figure 3-2
Telephone and CO Port Numbering Example ............................................. 3-6
Figure 4-1
Typical Full MDF Layout .............................................................................. 4-4
Figure 4-2
Power Failure Transfer Connections ......................................................... 4-10
Figure 4-3
Fax CO Branch Connection ....................................................................... 4-11
Figure 4-4
Removing the Front Panel of the KSU ....................................................... 4-13
Figure 4-5
Front Cover Extender (FCE-U10 Unit) ....................................................... 4-13
Figure 4-6
Mounting the Cable Clamp on the KSU Frame .......................................... 4-14
Figure 4-7
Attaching the Sponge to the Clamp ........................................................... 4-14
Figure 4-8
Attaching the Front Cover and Front Cover Extender ................................ 4-15
Figure 4-9
Attaching the Front Cover and the Front Cover Extender to the KSU ....... 4-16
Figure 4-10
Threading the Velcro Strap Through the Hook on the KSU ....................... 4-16
Figure 4-11
Connecting the Expansion Cable ............................................................... 4-17
Figure 4-12
Threading the Velcro Strap to Secure One or Two Amphenol Cables ...... 4-17
Figure 4-13
Threading the Velcro Strap to Secure Three Amphenol Cables ................ 4-18
Figure 4-14
Attaching the Wall Mount Bracket .............................................................. 4-18
Figure 4-15
Attaching the Wall Mount Bracket with Spacer .......................................... 4-19
Figure 4-16
Hanging the Basic KSU on the Bracket ..................................................... 4-20
Figure 4-17
Securing the Basic KSU to the Wall ........................................................... 4-20
System Hardware Manual
xix
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Figure 4-18
Attaching the Expansion Wall Mount Bracket
to the Basic Wall Mount Bracket ................................................................. 4-21
Figure 4-19
RAK-U10 Unit and KSU .............................................................................4-22
Figure 4-20
Hanging the KSU on the Bracket ............................................................... 4-23
Figure 4-21
Securing the KSU to the RAK-U10 Unit ..................................................... 4-23
Figure 4-22
Location for Rack Mounting the KSUs ....................................................... 4-24
Figure 4-23
Floor Mounting the Basic KSU ...................................................................4-25
Figure 4-24
Securing the KSU to the Floor Mounting Bracket ...................................... 4-26
Figure 4-25
Connecting DC Expansion Cables ............................................................. 4-26
Figure 4-26
Attaching the Frame Ground Plate ............................................................. 4-27
Figure 4-27
KSU Grounding .......................................................................................... 4-28
Figure 4-28
Connecting Wires to the PSU ....................................................................4-29
Figure 4-29
Mounting the PSU onto the KSU ................................................................ 4-30
Figure 4-30
Connecting the PSU Power Cable to the Basic KSU ................................. 4-30
Figure 4-31
Connecting Battery Expansion Cables to the Expansion KSU .................. 4-31
Figure 4-32
Removing the PSU from the KSU .............................................................. 4-32
Figure 4-33
PSU Fuse Replacement .............................................................................4-33
Figure 4-34
Connecting Built-In Batteries ...................................................................... 4-33
Figure 4-35
Placing the Batteries into the KSU ............................................................. 4-34
Figure 4-36
Connecting the Batteries to the Power Supply Unit ................................... 4-34
Figure 4-37
Connecting Cables for External Batteries in the Basic KSU ...................... 4-35
Figure 4-38
Connecting the External Battery to the Basic KSU .................................... 4-36
Figure 4-39
Threading the Cables through the Clamps on the Basic KSU ................... 4-37
Figure 4-40
Removing the Knockout on the Cover of the Basic KSU ........................... 4-37
Figure 4-41
Leading the Battery Cables out of the Basic KSU ...................................... 4-38
xx
List of Figures
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Figure 4-42
External Battery Cable Installation ............................................................. 4-39
Figure 4-43
Threading the Cables through the Clamps on the Basic
and Expansion KSUs ................................................................................. 4-40
Figure 4-44
Removing the Knockouts on the Covers of Basic
and Expansion KSUs ................................................................................. 4-41
Figure 4-45
Leading the Battery Cables out of the Basic
and Expansion KSUs ................................................................................. 4-42
Figure 5-1
Inserting the ETU into the KSU ................................................................... 5-2
Figure 5-2
Inserting or Removing ETUs from the KSU ................................................ 5-3
Figure 5-3
Handling an ETU ......................................................................................... 5-3
Figure 5-4
Safety Precautions when Setting Switches on an ETU .............................. 5-4
Figure 5-5
Sliding the ETU into the KSU Slot ............................................................... 5-5
Figure 5-6
Lifting the Ejector Tabs on the ETU ............................................................ 5-6
Figure 5-7
CPUB( )-U10 ETU ...................................................................................... 5-8
Figure 5-8
CLKG-U10 Unit ......................................................................................... 5-12
Figure 5-9
EXP-U10 ETU ........................................................................................... 5-13
Figure 5-10
MIFA-U10 ETU ......................................................................................... 5-15
Figure 5-11
MIFM-U10 ETU ......................................................................................... 5-18
Figure 5-12
BRT(4)-U10 ETU ...................................................................................... 5-21
Figure 5-13
BRT(4)-U10 ETU Connections ................................................................. 5-24
Figure 5-14
COI(8)-U10 ETU ....................................................................................... 5-25
Figure 5-15
COI(4)/(8)-U10 ETU Connections ............................................................. 5-27
Figure 5-16
COIB(4)-U10 ETU ..................................................................................... 5-28
Figure 5-17
COIB(4)-U10 Connections ........................................................................ 5-30
Figure 5-18
COID(8)-U10 ETU ..................................................................................... 5-31
Figure 5-19
COID(4)/(8)-U10 ETU Connections .......................................................... 5-32
System Hardware Manual
xxi
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Figure 5-20
DID(4)-U10 ETU ......................................................................................... 5-33
Figure 5-21
DID(4)-U10 ETU Connections ....................................................................5-34
Figure 5-22
DTI-U10/20 ETU ........................................................................................ 5-35
Figure 5-23
DTI-U10/20 ETU Connections ...................................................................5-38
Figure 5-24
IPT(8)-U10 ETU ......................................................................................... 5-39
Figure 5-25
IPT(4)/(8)-U10 ETU Connections ............................................................... 5-42
Figure 5-26
PRT(1)-U10/20 ETU ................................................................................... 5-43
Figure 5-27
PRT(1)-U10/20 ETU Connector ................................................................. 5-47
Figure 5-28
TLI(2)-U10 ETU .......................................................................................... 5-48
Figure 5-29
TLI(2)-U10 ETU Connections ..................................................................... 5-50
Figure 5-30
CNF(8)-U10 ETU .......................................................................................5-51
Figure 5-31
EliteMail CTI System Board ....................................................................... 5-55
Figure 5-32
EliteMail CTI Daughter Board ....................................................................5-57
Figure 5-33
EliteMail CTI Port Expansion Board ...........................................................5-58
Figure 5-34
DPH(4)-U10 ETU .......................................................................................5-60
Figure 5-35
DPH(4)-U10 ETU Doorphone Connections ............................................... 5-62
Figure 5-36
ESI(8)-U10 ETU ......................................................................................... 5-63
Figure 5-37
ESI(8)-U10 ETU Connection ...................................................................... 5-64
Figure 5-38
FMS(2)/(4)-U10 ETU .................................................................................. 5-66
Figure 5-39
FMS(8)-U10 ETU .......................................................................................5-67
Figure 5-40
OPX(2)-U10 Unit ........................................................................................ 5-71
Figure 5-41
OPX(2)-U10 CN1 Connection ....................................................................5-72
Figure 5-42
SLI(8)-U10 ETU ......................................................................................... 5-73
Figure 5-43
SLI(4)/(8)-U10 ETU Connections ............................................................... 5-74
Figure 5-44
VDH2(8)-U10 ETU Jumpers ...................................................................... 5-77
xxii
List of Figures
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Figure 5-45
10Base-T Cable Connections .................................................................... 5-77
Figure 5-46
VDH2(8)-U10 ETU ..................................................................................... 5-78
Figure 5-47
VDH2(8)-U10 ETU Connections ................................................................ 5-78
Figure 5-48
Front Cover Extender for VDH2(8)-U10 ETUs ........................................... 5-80
Figure 5-49
VDH2(8)-U10 LED Indications ................................................................... 5-82
Figure 5-50
Cable Connection Comparison .................................................................. 5-84
Figure 5-51
VMS( )-U10 ETU ....................................................................................... 5-86
Figure 5-52
ACD(8)-U10 ETU ....................................................................................... 5-90
Figure 5-53
BSU(2)-U10 ETU ....................................................................................... 5-92
Figure 5-54
BSU(2)-U10 ETU Connections .................................................................. 5-96
Figure 5-55
ECR-U10 Block Diagram ........................................................................... 5-98
Figure 5-56
ECR-U10 ETU ......................................................................................... 5-100
Figure 5-57
PBR( )-U10 ETU ..................................................................................... 5-101
Figure 5-58
VRS(4)-U10 ETU ..................................................................................... 5-103
Figure 6-1
DTP-2DT-1(WH) TEL ................................................................................... 6-1
Figure 6-2
DTU-8-1(BK)/(WH) TEL Multiline Terminal .................................................. 6-2
Figure 6-3
DTU-8D-2(BK)/(WH) TEL Multiline Terminal ............................................... 6-3
Figure 6-4
DTU-16-1(BK)/(WH) TEL Multiline Terminal ................................................ 6-4
Figure 6-5
DTU-16D-2(BK)/(WH) TEL Multiline Terminal ............................................. 6-5
Figure 6-6
DTU-32-1(BK)/(WH) TEL Multiline Terminal ................................................ 6-6
Figure 6-7
DTU-32D-2(BK)/(WH) TEL Multiline Terminal ............................................. 6-7
Figure 6-8
DCU-60-1(BK)/(WH) CONSOLE .................................................................. 6-8
Figure 6-9
DTP-1-1(WH) TEL Single Line Telephone ................................................... 6-9
Figure 6-10
DTP-1HM-1(WH) TEL Single Line Telephone ........................................... 6-10
Figure 6-11
Connecting a Multiline Terminal to the System .......................................... 6-11
System Hardware Manual
xxiii
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Figure 6-12
Leading Line Cords on a Multiline Terminal ............................................... 6-11
Figure 6-13
Connecting the Line Cord and AC Adapter when Installing
an Attendant Console ................................................................................ 6-12
Figure 6-14
Attendant Console and Multiline Terminal .................................................6-13
Figure 6-15
Adjusting the LCD ......................................................................................6-13
Figure 6-16
Installing Line Card and Plastic Panel on a Multiline Terminal .................. 6-14
Figure 6-17
Installing Plastic Panel on a Multiline Terminal .......................................... 6-15
Figure 6-18
Removing the Plastic Panel from the Multiline Terminal ............................ 6-15
Figure 6-19
Removing Softkeys .................................................................................... 6-16
Figure 6-20
Locating the Adjustment Tabs on the Multiline Terminal ........................... 6-17
Figure 6-21
Raising the Base Plate on the Multiline Terminal .......................................6-17
Figure 6-22
Adjusting the Line Cord Length .................................................................. 6-18
Figure 6-23
Lowering the Base Plate on the Multiline Terminal .................................... 6-18
Figure 6-24
Dterm Cordless Lite Terminal ...................................................................... 6-19
Figure 6-25
Dterm Cordless II ......................................................................................... 6-20
Figure 6-26
Connecting the Base Unit .......................................................................... 6-21
Figure 6-27
Dterm Handset Cordless Terminal .............................................................. 6-23
Figure 6-28
Dterm Analog Cordless Terminal ................................................................ 6-24
Figure 6-29
Dterm PS II Wireless Terminal ....................................................................6-26
Figure 6-30
Removing the Hook .................................................................................... 6-27
Figure 6-31
Turning the Hook Over ............................................................................... 6-27
Figure 6-32
Sliding the Hook into Position ....................................................................6-27
Figure 6-33
Removing the Screws ................................................................................ 6-28
Figure 6-34
Replacing the Plate and Screw .................................................................. 6-28
Figure 6-35
Protruding Screws ......................................................................................6-29
xxiv
List of Figures
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Figure 6-36
Mounting the Telephone ........................................................................... 6-29
Figure 7-1
Raising the Base Plate ................................................................................. 7-2
Figure 7-2
Unlocking Tab .............................................................................................. 7-2
Figure 7-3
Releasing Right Tab .................................................................................... 7-3
Figure 7-4
Removing Bottom Cover .............................................................................. 7-3
Figure 7-5
Removing Base Plate Dummy End .............................................................. 7-4
Figure 7-6
Cutting Dummy End in Half .......................................................................... 7-4
Figure 7-7
Installing Adapter in Connector 1 ................................................................. 7-5
Figure 7-8
Installing Dummy End B ............................................................................... 7-5
Figure 7-9
ACA-U Unit Connection ............................................................................... 7-7
Figure 7-10
Attaching the ADA-U Unit to the Multiline Terminal ..................................... 7-8
Figure 7-11
Leading the Audio Cable out from the ADA-U Unit ...................................... 7-8
Figure 7-12
ADA-U Unit .................................................................................................. 7-9
Figure 7-13
Attaching Cables to the ADA-U Unit ............................................................ 7-9
Figure 7-14
ADA-U Unit Switch Settings ....................................................................... 7-11
Figure 7-15
APA-U Unit ................................................................................................. 7-13
Figure 7-16
Attaching the Unit to the Multiline Terminal ............................................... 7-14
Figure 7-17
APA-U Unit Switches ................................................................................. 7-14
Figure 7-18
Connecting Cables on the APA-U Unit ...................................................... 7-15
Figure 7-19
APR-U Unit ................................................................................................ 7-16
Figure 7-20
Attaching the Unit to the Multiline Terminal ............................................... 7-17
Figure 7-21
Leading the Telephone Cord out from the Unit .......................................... 7-17
Figure 7-22
Closing the Base Plate Cover .................................................................... 7-18
Figure 7-23
APR-U Unit Switches ................................................................................. 7-19
Figure 7-24
Connecting Cables on the APR-U Unit ...................................................... 7-20
System Hardware Manual
xxv
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Figure 7-25
Attaching an Electra Elite Multiline Terminal to a PC ................................. 7-21
Figure 7-26
CTA-U Unit ................................................................................................. 7-21
Figure 7-27
Attaching the Unit to the Multiline Terminal ................................................ 7-22
Figure 7-28
Connecting the RS-232C Cable to the CTA-U Unit
on the Multiline Terminal .............................................................................7-23
Figure 7-29
CTU (C)-U Unit ........................................................................................... 7-24
Figure 7-30
CTU (S)-U Unit ........................................................................................... 7-25
Figure 7-31
DBM(B)-U10 & DBM(E)-U10 Message Display Boards ............................. 7-26
Figure 7-32
Maximum Display Indications ..................................................................... 7-27
Figure 7-33
Removing Cutout .......................................................................................7-28
Figure 7-34
Connecting the Bracket .............................................................................. 7-28
Figure 7-35
Threading Screw into Wall ......................................................................... 7-29
Figure 7-36
Hanging DBM(B)-U10 on Screw ................................................................ 7-30
Figure 7-37
Installing Bottom Screws ............................................................................ 7-30
Figure 7-38
Connecting DBM(B)-U10 ........................................................................... 7-31
Figure 7-39
Connecting DBM(B)-U10 to ESI Port ......................................................... 7-32
Figure 7-40
HFU-U(BK)/(WH) Unit ................................................................................ 7-32
Figure 7-41
Microphone with Mute ................................................................................ 7-33
Figure 7-42
Attaching a Microphone to a Multiline Terminal ......................................... 7-33
Figure 7-43
HFU-U(BK)/(WH) Unit Switches ................................................................. 7-34
Figure 7-44
Connecting a Single Line Telephone to the System
using an SLT(1)-U10 ADP .......................................................................... 7-36
Figure 7-45
Connecting the SLT(1)-U10 ADP ............................................................... 7-37
Figure 7-46
Removing the Screws from the SLT(1)-U10 ADP ...................................... 7-38
Figure 7-47
Attaching the SLT(1)-U10 ADP to the Wall ................................................ 7-38
Figure 7-48
VDD-U Unit ................................................................................................7-39
xxvi
List of Figures
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Figure 7-49
Connecting the Cables on the VDD-U Unit ................................................ 7-40
Figure 7-50
Positioning the Handset Hanger ................................................................ 7-41
Figure 7-51
Removing the Knockout ............................................................................. 7-42
Figure 7-52
Attaching the Base Plate to the Wall .......................................................... 7-42
Figure 7-53
Wall Mounting using a Modular Jack ......................................................... 7-43
Figure 7-54
Plugging in the Line Cord using a Wall Jack .............................................. 7-43
Figure 7-55
Plugging in the Line Cord Using a Modular Jack ....................................... 7-44
Figure 7-56
Attaching the Bottom Tabs of the Multiline Terminal
to the Base Cover ...................................................................................... 7-44
Figure 7-57
Attaching the Top Tabs of the Multiline Terminal
to the Base Plate ........................................................................................ 7-45
Figure 7-58
Installed Wall Mount Unit ........................................................................... 7-46
Figure 7-59
Removing the Tabs from the Adapter ........................................................ 7-47
Figure 7-60
Removing the Tabs from the WMU-U Unit ................................................ 7-47
Figure 7-61
Leading the Line Cord out of the WMU-U Unit .......................................... 7-48
Figure 7-62
Attaching the Wall Mount Unit to the Wall .................................................. 7-48
Figure 7-63
Attaching the Multiline Terminal to the WMU-U Unit .................................. 7-49
Figure 7-64
Removing the Multiline Terminal from the Base Cover .............................. 7-50
Figure 7-65
Music Source Connections ........................................................................ 7-51
Figure 7-66
Connecting a PC to the KSU ..................................................................... 7-53
Figure 8-1
Modular Terminal Connections for Multiline Terminals
and Attendant Add-On Consoles ................................................................. 8-2
Figure 8-2
Connect an Electra Professional Multiline Terminal
to the Electra Elite 192 System .................................................................... 8-3
Figure 8-3
Removing Knockout ..................................................................................... 8-4
System Hardware Manual
xxvii
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Figure 8-4
Unit Installation ............................................................................................. 8-4
Figure 8-5
Connecting an Attendant Console to a Multiline Terminal ........................... 8-5
xxviii
List of Figures
List of Tables
Table 2-1
List of Abbreviations ........................................................................................ 2-1
Table 2-2
Maximum System Capacities .......................................................................... 2-4
Table 2-3
Multiline Terminal Loop Resistance and Cable Length ................................... 2-6
Table 2-4
Cable Connection Between the Analog Port and
the Single Line Equipment .............................................................................. 2-7
Table 2-5
Cable Connection Between ESI/VDH and PCT Board ................................... 2-7
Table 2-6
Cabling Requirements ..................................................................................... 2-7
Table 2-7
Zone Transceiver II Range .............................................................................. 2-8
Table 2-8
Power Consumption ........................................................................................ 2-9
Table 2-9
Fuse Replacement .......................................................................................... 2-9
Table 2-10
Weights and Dimensions .............................................................................. 2-14
Table 2-11
Tone Patterns ................................................................................................ 2-19
Table 2-12
Multiline Terminal LED Flash Pattern ............................................................ 2-20
Table 3-1
Number of Required Interface ETUs ............................................................... 3-7
Table 4-1
MDF Cable Connections ................................................................................. 4-5
Table 4-2
MDF PFT Connections (J3 Only) .................................................................... 4-8
Table 5-1
CPUB( )-U10 ETU Default Switch Settings ..................................................... 5-9
Table 5-2
MIFA-U10 Default Switch Settings ................................................................ 5-16
Table 5-3
MIFM-U10 Default Switch Settings ............................................................... 5-19
Table 5-4
COI(4)/(8)-U10 ETU Default Switch Settings ................................................ 5-26
Table 5-5
COIB(4)-U10 ETU Default Switch Settings ................................................... 5-29
Table 5-6
DTI-U10/20 ETU Default Switch Settings ..................................................... 5-36
Table 5-7
IP Gateway Options ...................................................................................... 5-40
Table 5-8
PRT(1)-U10/20 ETU SW1 Settings ............................................................... 5-44
System Hardware Manual
xxix
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Table 5-9
TLI(2)-U10 ETU Default Switch Settings ....................................................... 5-49
Table 5-10
CNF(8)-U10 ETU Reset Switches ................................................................. 5-52
Table 5-11
CNF(8)-U10 ETU Maximum Conference Time Switch .................................. 5-52
Table 5-12
CNF(8)-U10 ETU Party Size Switch .............................................................. 5-52
Table 5-13
Configuration Support ................................................................................... 5-54
Table 5-14
System Board Components .......................................................................... 5-55
Table 5-15
Daughter Board Components ........................................................................ 5-57
Table 5-16
Port Expansion Board Components .............................................................. 5-58
Table 5-17
DPH(4)-U10 Default Jumper Settings ...........................................................5-61
Table 5-18
Configuration Support Table ......................................................................... 5-65
Table 5-19
FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U10 ETU Switch Settings ...................................................... 5-68
Table 5-20
FMS DIP Switch Functions ............................................................................ 5-68
Table 5-21
VDH2(8)-U10 ETU Specifications ................................................................. 5-75
Table 5-22
VDH2(8)-U10 ETU Default Switch Settings .................................................. 5-81
Table 5-23
Jumper Settings ............................................................................................ 5-81
Table 5-24
Configuration Support Table ......................................................................... 5-85
Table 5-25
VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U10 ETU Switch Settings ...................................................... 5-87
Table 5-26
VMS DIP Switch Functions ........................................................................... 5-87
Table 5-27
BSU(2)-U10 ETU Default Switch Settings ..................................................... 5-93
Table 5-28
LED Indications ............................................................................................. 5-94
Table 5-29
ZT Status Table for LEDs 5 and 6 ................................................................. 5-95
Table 5-30
Connector Descriptions (CN2) ...................................................................... 5-99
Table 5-31
VRS(4)-U10 ETU Default Switch Settings ................................................... 5-104
Table 7-1
ADA-U Cable Connections ............................................................................ 7-10
Table 7-2
ADA-U Unit Switch Settings .......................................................................... 7-12
Table 7-3
APA-U Unit Switch Settings for SW3 ............................................................ 7-15
xxx
List of Tables
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Table 7-4
APR-U Unit Switch Settings for SW1 and SW3 ............................................ 7-19
Table 7-5
HFU-U Unit Switch Settings .......................................................................... 7-34
Table 9-1
Voltage Measurement ..................................................................................... 9-3
System Hardware Manual
xxxi
Issue 6
Electra Elite
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
xxxii
List of Tables
Chapter 1
Introduction
SECTION 1
GENERAL
INFORMATION
1.1
Unique Design
The Electra Elite 192 system is a powerful key system that meets
the ever changing business communications demands of today.
Unique compact design allows it to be easily and quickly installed.
The Electra Elite 192 system can grow with your business. You can
easily and economically increase port size when necessary. Two
expansion units can be added when the CPUB( )-U10 ETU is
installed in the basic cabinet. A full-blown system includes the
basic and two expansion units that provide a capacity of 192 ports.
Electra Elite 192 is a feature-rich system that provides telephone
functions and supports advanced features such as:
System Hardware Manual
Automatic Number Indication (ANI)/Caller ID
Automatic Call Distribution (ACD)
Automatic Route Selection
Caller ID Call Return
Centralized Voice Mail
Computer Telephony Integration (CTI)
Dialed Number Indication Service (DNIS)
D term Analog Cordless Terminal
D term Cordless II Terminal
D term Handset Cordless
Emergency 911 – Cut Through
Enhanced 911
Integrated Digital Voice Mail
ISDN-BRI and ISDN-PRI Voice Trunks
LAN/KTS Cabling Integration
Least Cost Routing (LCR)
Live Monitoring
Live Record
Multiline Conference Bridge
1-1
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Multilingual LCD Indication
Multiple Music on Hold Using CO Interface
PC Attendant Console
Unified Messaging
Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP)
Wireless
The Electra Elite 192 system offers a variety of compatible 8-line,
16-line, and 32-line Multiline Terminals with/without LCD. A 2-line
non-LCD terminal and a 60-line Attendant Console are also
available.
A customer with existing Electra Professional terminals can easily
connect them to the Electra Elite 192 system to provide
inexpensive migration. Most Electra Elite 192 system features are
available with the Electra Professional Multiline Terminals.
The Electra Elite 192 system supports a wide range of additional
equipment such as Single Line Telephones, external speakers,
facsimile machines, external microphones, and headsets that can
be connected to the system to accommodate individual customer
needs. The diagram in Figure 1-1 System Configuration Example
shows an Electra Elite system with standard and optional
equipment (some locally provided).
1-2
Introduction
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Wireless
PS II
External
Speakerphone
Message
Display Board
External
Speaker
ZT II
Least Cost Routing
Computer Telephony Integration
ElectraMail CTI (Unified Messaging)
Electra Elite Multiline Terminal
Dterm Series E Multiline Terminal
Automatic Call Distribution
PC Programming
Headset
Station Message Detail
Recording (SMDR)
Facsimile
Attendant
Console
Single Line
Telephone
Answering Machine
Voice over Internet
Protocol (VoIP) Trunks
Dterm ISDN EXTender Plus
(Telecommuting)
CO/PBX/Centrex/DID
/Tie/FT1/ISDN-BRI/ISDN-PRI
Dterm Handset Cordless
Dterm Cordless Lite
Dterm Analog Cordless
D term Cordless II
Figure 1-1 System Configuration Example
System Hardware Manual
1-3
Issue 6
SECTION 2
EQUIPMENT
DESCRIPTION
Electra Elite
2.1
Equipment List
The following table lists all equipment used with the Electra Elite
system. The equipment name, a description of the equipment, and
the maximum quantities that are allowed when a Basic KSU, a
Basic KSU with one Expansion KSU, and a Basic KSU with two
Expansion KSUs are included in the table. The list is arranged
alphabetically by category.
The following table lists all equipment used with the Electra Elite
system. The equipment name, a description of the equipment, and
the maximum quantities that are allowed when a Basic KSU, a
Basic KSU with one Expansion KSU, and a Basic KSU with two
Expansion KSUs are included in the table. The list is arranged
alphabetically by category.
Equipment Name
The following maximum values are based on the assumption that at
least one Electronic Station Interface ETU and one Trunk Interface ETU
are installed.
Description
Basic KSU
Basic + 1
Expansion
KSU
Basic + 2
Expansion
KSUs
Key Service Units, Power Supply Units, and Adapters
The Basic Key Service Unit (KSU) for the Electra
Elite System provides service for outside lines,
Attendant Consoles, and interconnection of the
station terminals. The basic KSU provides 64
ports that can be expanded to a maximum of 192
ports with the addition of two expansion KSUs.
The basic KSU is also used for the expansion
KSUs. System software allows a maximum of 184
ports to be used for stations and trunks. There are
two fixed slots and eight flexible slots.
B64-U10 KSU
The Expansion Key Service Unit (KSU) of the
Electra Elite System provides an additional 64
ports. Expansion units can be added to the Basic
KSU to provide 128 ports with one expansion unit
and 192 ports with two expansion units.
1 Basic KSU per system
2 expansion KSUs per system
Each Expansion KSU provides eight flexible slots
and accommodates any interface cards.
The P64-U10 PSU (power supply unit), backup
batteries, and three PFT relays are included with
each KSU.
1-4
Introduction
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Equipment Name
Description
Basic KSU
Basic + 1
Expansion
KSU
FCE-U10 Unit
The Front Cover Extender Unit is required when a
VDH2(8)-U10, IPT(4/8)-U10, or CTI(4/8)-U10 ETU
is installed.
1 per KSU
P64-U10 PSU
The Power Supply Unit is included with the
B64-U10 KSU.
1 per KSU
Basic + 2
Expansion
KSUs
Common Electronic Telephone Units
The Central Processing Unit contains a 32-bit
microprocessor that has overall control of the
system. This ETU communicates with the interface
boards and supports up to 192 ports (24 interface
cards).
1 CPU per system
4 PBR circuits
16 voice mail ports (analog)
32 voice mail ports (digital)
64 Physical
ports
8 slots
CPUB( )-U10 ETU
128 Physical 192 Physical
ports
ports
16 slots
24 slots
56
120
120
Station Ports Station Ports Station Ports
56
Trunks
64
Trunks
64
Trunks
32
PC
Telephony
Boards
32
PC
Telephony
Boards
32
PC
Telephony
Boards
16 Conference Circuits
CLKG-U10 Unit
The Clock Unit provides synchronization for FT1/T1
lines, ISDN-Primary Rate, and ISDN-Basic Rate
1 per system
connections. The unit is piggybacked on the
with FT1, ISDN-BRI, ISDN-PRI or Wireless
CPUB( )-U10 ETU and supports the DTI-U10/20,
connections
BRT(4)-U10, PRT(1)-U10/20, and BSU(2)-U10
ETUs.
EXP-U10 ETU
The Expansion KSU Controller controls data
transmission between the CPUB( )-U10 ETU and
other ETUs installed in the B64-U10 KSU.
KMA(1.0)U
This unit is mounted on the MIFA-U10 ETU and
adds ACD.
1 per
MIFA-U10 ETU
KMM(1.0)U
This unit is mounted on the MIFM-U10 ETU and
adds LCR and Caller ID scrolling and dialing
features.
1 per
MIFM-U10 ETU
This ETU provides
processing ACD/UCD.
MIFA-U10 ETU
additional
memory
1 ETU
2 ETUs
for
When ACD feature is desired, the KMA(1.0)U must
be installed.
System Hardware Manual
N/A
1 per system
1-5
Issue 6
Equipment Name
MIFM-U10 ETU
Electra Elite
Description
Basic KSU
This ETU provides additional memory for PC
programming, SMDR, LCR, Caller ID scrolling, and
Wireless programming.
Basic + 1
Expansion
KSU
Basic + 2
Expansion
KSUs
1 per system
When the LCR or Caller ID Scroll functions are
desired, the KMM(1.0)U must be installed.
Modem Kit Unit
The
modem
unit
is
installed
on
PCT(S)-U10 Unit or the MIFM-U10 ETU.
the
1 per system
Trunk Electronic Telephone Units
This Basic Rate Interface unit provides four
channels (eight voice channels) for ISDN-Basic
Rate Interface.
Caller ID is supported.
BRT(4)-U10 ETU
This ETU is installed in slots S1~S4 in the basic or
first expansion B64-U10 KSU.
4 ETUs
(32 B
Channels)
8 ETUs
(64 B
Channels)
8 ETUs
(64 B
Channels)
7 ETUs
15 ETUs
16ETUs
28
CO/PBX
lines
60
CO/PBX
lines
64
CO/PBX
lines
The maximum number depends on other trunk
cards installed. This ETU shares the total number
of CO/PBX lines in the system.
A CLKG-U10 Unit must be installed.
Electrical fuses (posistors) are built into this ETU.
This ETU supports four outside (CO/PBX) lines and
provides circuitry for ring detection, holding, and
dialing.
The outside lines must be Loop Start DTMF trunks.
COI(4)-U10 ETU
This ETU is installed in slots S1~S8 in the basic or
expansion B64-U10 KSU.
This ETU can provide an E911 CAMA trunk.
The maximum number depends on other trunk
cards installed. This ETU shares the total number
of CO/PBX lines in the system.
1-6
Introduction
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Equipment Name
Basic KSU
Basic + 1
Expansion
KSU
Basic + 2
Expansion
KSUs
7 ETUs
8 ETUs
8 ETUs
56
CO/PBX
lines
64
CO/PBX
lines
64
CO/PBX
lines
COI Mode
7 ETUs
28 CO/PBX
Lines
COI Mode
15 ETUs
60 CO/PBX
Lines
COI Mode
16 ETUs
64 CO/PBX
Lines
COID mode
4 ETUs
16 CO
COID mode: Caller ID trunks must be installed (Class) lines
COID mode
8 ETUs
32 CO
(Class) lines
COID mode
8 ETUs
32 CO
(Class) lines
Description
Electrical fuses (posistors) are built into this ETU.
This ETU supports eight outside (CO/PBX) lines
and provides circuitry for ring detection, holding,
and dialing.
The outside lines can be any combination of Loop
Start or Ground Start DTMF trunks.
COI(8)-U10 ETU
This ETU is installed in slots S1~S8 in the basic or
expansion B64-U10 KSU.
This ETU can provide an E911 CAMA trunk.
The maximum number depends on other trunk
cards installed. This ETU shares the total number
of CO/PBX lines in the system.
This ETU can function the same as the COI(4)-U10
or COID(4)-U10 ETU to provide Central Office
interface. When ETU is set for COID mode, Loop
Start trunks and /or Caller ID trunks are supported.
When the ETU is set for COI mode, Loop Start or
Ground Start is supported. Caller ID is not
supported in COI mode. Connections for Ground
Start trunks are polarity sensitive.
Only DTMF signaling is supported.
COIB(4)-U10 ETU
This ETU can provide an E911 CAMA trunk.
The maximum number depends on other Trunk
cards installed.
in slots 1~4 in basic or first expansion KSU.
This ETU shares the total number of CO/PBX lines
in the system.
Tip and RIng electrical fuses are provided to
comply with UL 1459 requirements.
System Hardware Manual
1-7
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Equipment Name
Description
Basic KSU
Basic + 1
Expansion
KSU
Basic + 2
Expansion
KSUs
4 ETUs
8 ETUs
8 ETUs
16
CO (Class)
lines
32
CO (Class)
lines
32
CO (Class)
lines
4 ETUs
8 ETUs
8 ETUs
32
CO (Class)
lines
64
CO (Class)
lines
64
CO (Class)
lines
7 ETUs
15 ETUs
16 ETUs
28 DID
Trunks
60 DID
Trunks
64 DID
Trunks
The Central Office Caller ID ETU detects Caller ID
signals from the central office and sends caller
identification to the CPUB( )-U10 ETU.
Electrical fuses (posistors) are built into this ETU
That supports four outside (CO/PBX) lines and
provides circuitry for ring detection, holding, and
dialing.
COID(4)-U10 ETU
This ETU is loop start, DTMF only and is installed
in slots S1~S4 in the basic or first expansion
B64-U10 KSU.
This ETU can provide an E911 CAMA trunk.
The maximum number depends on other trunk
cards installed. This ETU shares the total number
of CO/PBX lines in the system.
The Central Office Caller ID ETU detects Caller ID
signals from the central office and sends caller
identification to the CPUB( )-U10 ETU.
Electrical fuses (posistors) are built into this ETU
That supports eight outside (CO/PBX) lines and
provides circuitry for ring detection, holding, and
dialing.
COID(8)-U10 ETU
This ETU is loop start only and is installed in slots
S1~S4 in the basic or first expansion
B64-U10 KSU.
This ETU can provide an E911 CAMA trunk.
The maximum number depends on other trunk
cards installed. This ETU shares the total number
of CO/PBX lines in the system.
The Direct Inward Dialing Interface Unit supports
up to four DID or four 2-way DID lines. Each
DID(4)-U10 ETU requires one interface slot
position in the KSU.
DID(4)-U10 ETU
Immediate, wink start, second dial tone, and
delay dial signaling can be combined on this
ETU.
This ETU is installed in slots S1~S8 in any
B64-U10 KSU.
The maximum number depends on other trunk
cards installed. This ETU shares the total number
of CO/PBX lines in the system.
1-8
Introduction
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Equipment Name
Description
Basic KSU
Basic + 1
Expansion
KSU
Basic + 2
Expansion
KSUs
2 ETUs
3 ETUs
3 ETUs
48
lines
64
lines
64
lines
4 ETUs
Variable
4 ETUs
Variable
4 ETUs
Variable
IP Gateway
Trunks
16 lines
IP Gateway
Trunks
32 lines
IP Gateway
Trunks
48 lines
The Digital Trunk Interface ETU provides for the
termination of Fractional T1 (24 DS-0 channels)
line. This ETU contains circuitry for outside ring
detection, holding, dialing, control function, Tie line
(E&M), and DID signaling.
Automatic Number Indication (ANI) is supported.
DTI-U10/20 ETU
A combination of Loop Start and Ground Start
trunks, DID trunks, or Tie lines can be used on the
ETU. Each trunk is assigned in groups of four.
DTMF or Dial Pulse dialing is supported.
This ETU is installed in slots S1 and S4 in the basic
B64-U10 KSU or slot S1 of the first expansion
B64-U10 KSU.
The maximum number depends on other trunk
cards installed. This ETU shares the total number
of CO/PBX lines in the system.
The maximum combination of DTI-U10/20 and
PRT(1)-U10/20 ETUs is 3 per system.
A CLKG-U10 Unit must be installed.
This IP Gateway ETU is an optional Interface that
can combine trunk calls into Gateway trunks.
This ETU can emulate the following ETUs:
TLI(2)-U10, DID(4)-U10, COI(4)/(8)-U10,
or
COID(4)/(8)-U10. Refer to the applicable ETU
assignment for the trunk capacity.
IPT(4)-U10 ETU
This ETU can be installed in KSU slots that support
the applicable assigned ETU.
The maximum number depends on other trunk
cards installed. This ETU shares the total number
of CO/PBX lines in the system.
When this ETU is installed, the FCE-U10 Unit is
required. This ETU shares the total number of
station ports in the system
System Hardware Manual
1-9
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Equipment Name
Description
Basic KSU
Basic + 1
Expansion
KSU
Basic + 2
Expansion
KSUs
4 ETUs
Variable
4 ETUs
Variable
4 ETUs
Variable
IP Gateway
Trunks
IP Gateway
Trunks
IP Gateway
Trunks
2 ETUs
3 ETUs
3 ETUs
46
lines
62
lines
62
lines
7 ETUs
15 ETUs
16 ETUs
14 Tie lines
30 Tie lines
32 Tie lines
This IP Gateway ETU is an optional Interface that
can combine trunk calls into Gateway trunks.
This ETU can emulate the following ETUs:
TLI(2)-U10, DID(4)-U10, COI(4)/(8)-U10,
or
COID(4)/(8)-U10 .
Refer to the ETU type
assignment for the trunk cpacity.
IPT(8)-U10 ETU
This ETU can be installed in KSU slots that support
the applicable assigned ETU.
The maximum number depends on other trunk
cards installed. This ETU shares the total number
of CO/PBX lines in the system.
When this ETU is installed, the FCE-U10 Unit is
required. This ETU shares the total number of
station ports in the system
The
Integrated
Service
Digital
network
(ISDN)-Primary Rate Interface (PRI) is a Public
Switched Telephone Network (PSTN) service that
provides 23 B channels and one D channel
(23B + D) for voice call trunking. The B channels
provide 23 CO/DID connections.
This ETU is installed in slots S1 and S4 in the basic
B64-U10 KSU and slot S1 of the first expansion
PRT(1)-U10/20 ETU
B64-U10 KSU.
The maximum number depends on other trunk
cards installed. This ETU shares the total number
of Trunk lines in the system.
The maximum combination of PRT(1)-U10/20
and DTI-U10/20 ETUs is three per system.
A CLKG-U10 Unit must be installed.
The Tie Line Interface ETU supports the
termination and operation of up to two E&M Tie
lines (4-wire, type I and type V, and 10/20 pps Dial
Pulse or DTMF).
TLI(2)-U10 ETU
Immediate, wink start, second dial tone, and
delay dial signaling can be combined on this
ETU.
This ETU is installed in slots S1~S8 in the
B64-U10 KSU.
The maximum number depends on other trunk
cards installed. This ETU shares the total number
of CO/PBX lines in the system.
1 - 10
Introduction
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Equipment Name
Description
Basic KSU
Basic + 1
Expansion
KSU
Basic + 2
Expansion
KSUs
2 ETUs
2 ETUs
2 ETUs
16
Conference
Ports
16
Conference
Ports
16
Conference
Ports
Station Electronic Telephone Units
The Multiline Conference Bridge allows any
intercom user or any outside party calling to a port
of the CNF(8)-U10 ETU to join or make a multiparty
Conference Call.
CNF(8)-U10 ETU
Each CNF(8)-U10 ETU supports one 8-party
conference or two 4-party conferences regulated
by a switch setting.
This ETU is installed in slots S1~S8 in the
B64-U10 KSU.
The system recognizes this ETU as SLI(8)-U10
ETU. This ETU shares the total number of station
ports in the system.
CTI/VP(4)/(8)/(12)
/(16)-U10 ETU
This ETU is a 4-, 8-, 12-, or 16-port Digital Voice
Mail system with ports that can support
TeLANophy,
inbound/outbound
faxing,
and
Hospitality/HVM applications.
1 ETU
It can be installed in one of the interface slots.
This ETU shares the total number of station ports in
the system.
DPH(4)-U10 ETU
The Doorphone interface ETU allows four DP-D-1A
Doorphones to be connected. Two simultaneous
calls are allowed, and four Door Lock Release
relays are provided.
1 ETU
1 ETU
1 ETU
7 ETUs
15 ETUs
15 ETUs
56
Extensions
120
Extensions
120
Extensions
This ETU is installed in slots S1~S8 in the
B64-U10 KSU.
The Electronic Station Interface ETU contains eight
circuits. Each circuit can support any Attendant
Console, Multiline Terminal, or Single Line
Telephone adapter.
ESI(8)-U10 ETU
This ETU is installed in slots S1~S8 in the basic
B64-U10 KSU or expansion B64-U10 KSU.
The maximum number depends on other station
cards installed. This ETU shares the total number
of extension ports in the system.
FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U10
ETU
This ETU is installed in one of the interface slots. It
has two, four or eight channels of built-in Voice
Mail.
1 ETU
The
system
recognizes
this
ETU
as
VMS(4)/(8)-U10 ETU. This ETU shares the total
number of station ports in the system.
System Hardware Manual
1 - 11
Issue 6
Equipment Name
OPX(2)-U10 ETU
Electra Elite
Description
Basic KSU
Basic + 1
Expansion
KSU
Basic + 2
Expansion
KSUs
The Off-Premise Extension ETU provides for the
termination and operation of a maximum of two
off-premise extensions. Each ETU has a built-in
ringer (RSG). Up to 1600 ohms of loop resistance
(including the Single Line Instrument) is acceptable
between the OPX ETU and the Single Line
Telephone.
6 ETUs
14 ETUs
22 ETUs
12
extensions
28
extensions
44
extensions
6 ETUs
14 ETUs
22 ETUs
24
ports
56
ports
88
ports
6 ETUs
14 ETUs
14 ETUs
48
ports
112
ports
112
ports
3 ETUs
6 ETUs
9 ETUs
24
extensions
48
extensions
72
extensions
This ETU is installed in slots S1~S8 in any
B64-U10 KSU. This ETU shares the total number
of station ports in the system.
SLI(4)-U10 ETU
The Single Line Interface ETU supports a
maximum of four Single Line Telephones and/or
analog voice mail ports.
This ETU provides
Ringing Signal Generator (RSG), and Message
Waiting (MW) LED voltage to Single Line
Telephones.
This ETU is installed in slots S1~S8 in any
B64-U10 KSU.
The maximum number depends on other station
cards installed. This ETU shares the total number
of station ports in the system.
The Single Line Interface ETU supports a
maximum of eight Single Line Telephones and/or
voice mail ports. This ETU provides Ringing Signal
Generator (RSG), and Message Waiting (MW) LED
voltage to Single Line Telephones.
SLI(8)-U10 ETU
This ETU is installed in slots S1~S8 in the
B64-U10 KSU.
The maximum number depends on other station
cards installed. This ETU shares the total number
of station ports in the system.
The Voice Data Hub ETU allows integration of both
Terminal and 10Base-T cables for local area
network (LAN) into the same cable (10Base-T and
10Base-2 are supported).
VDH2(8)-U10 ETU
This ETU is installed in slots S1~S8 in the
B64-U10 KSU.
When this ETU is installed, the FCE-U10 Unit is
required. This ETU shares the total number of
station ports in the system.
This ETU is installed in one of the interface slots. It
has two channels of built-in Voice Mail.
VMS(2)-U10 ETU
1 - 12
This ETU shares the total number of station ports in
the system.
1 VMS(2), VMS(4), or VMS(8)-U10 ETU
Introduction
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Equipment Name
VMS(4)-U10 ETU
Description
Basic KSU
Basic + 1
Expansion
KSU
Basic + 2
Expansion
KSUs
This ETU is installed in one of the interface slots. It
has four channels of built-in Voice Mail.
This ETU shares the total number of station ports in
the system.
1 VMS(2), VMS(4), or VMS(8)-U10 ETU
VMS(8)-U10 ETU
This ETU is installed in one of the interface slots. It
has eight channels of built-in Voice Mail.
This ETU shares the total number of station ports in
the system.
Optional Electronic Telephone Units
The Automatic Call Distribution ETU interfaces the
Elite ACD Plus Server with the Electra Elite KSU.
ACD(8)-U10 ETU
The Base Station Unit ETU interfaces the KSU with
the ZT II Zone Transceiver for wireless
communication with a PS II Personal Station.
BSU(2)-U10 ETU
1 ETU
This ETU is installed in slots S1~S8 in any
B64-U10 KSU.
This ETU is installed in slots S1~S8 in any
B64-U10 KSU.
6 ETUs
8 ETUs
8 ETUs
12 ZT IIs
16 ZT IIs
16 ZT IIs
A CLKG-U10 ETU must be installed.
ECR-U10 ETU
The External Control Relay ETU provides common
audible tone signaling using relay contacts for
external ringing equipment and an audible output
for external paging systems. Four External Tone
Ringer Control relays, one Night Chime relay, three
External Paging relays, and two General Purpose
relays are provided.
1 ETU
This ETU is installed in slots S1~S8 in the basic
B64-U10 KSU.
PBR( )-U10 ETU
The Push Button Receiver ETU detects
translates DTMF tones generated by Single
Telephones, modems, or facsimile machines.
PBR provides four circuits for Single
Telephones only.
VRS(4)-U10 ETU
and
Line
The
Line
1 ETU
Four PBR circuits are built in the CPUB( )-U10
ETU.
The Voice Recording Service ETU provides voice
recording messages for internal stations, automatic
answering on incoming outside calls, Delay
Announcement messages for ACD/UCD by a voice
recorded message, and receives DTMF tones.
2 ETUs
2 ETUs
2 ETUs
This ETU is installed in slots S1~S8 in the B64-U10
KSU.
System Hardware Manual
1 - 13
Issue 6
Equipment Name
Electra Elite
Description
Basic KSU
Basic + 1
Expansion
KSU
Basic + 2
Expansion
KSUs
Terminals
This Attendant Console is equipped with 60
programmable line keys (each with 2-color LED).
DCU-60-1(BK)/(WH)
Twelve keys can be programmed as Feature
CONSOLE
Access keys and 48 keys can be programmed as
Direct Station Selection or outside line keys.
DP-D-1A
DTP-1-1(WH) TEL
DTP-1-2(WH)/(BK)
TEL
DTP-1HM-1(WH)
TEL
DTP-1HM -2
(WH)/(BK) TEL
This
Doorphone
may
be
DPH(4)-U10 ETU is installed.
used
4
when
This Single Line Telephone is a fully modular
terminal with a flash key, Redial key, 3-level receive
volume control, 2-level ring volume control, data
jack, and message waiting lamp.
4
56
118
118
48
112
112
56
118
118
Each terminal requires an SLI(4)/(8)-10 ETU or
SLT(1)-U10 ADP.
This Single Line Telephone is a fully modular
terminal with a flash key, Redial key, 3-level receive
volume control, 2-level ring volume control, data
jack, message waiting lamp, and eight
programmable Feature/Speed Dial keys.
Each terminal requires an SLI(4)/(8)-U10 ETU or
SLT(1)-U10 ADP.
DTP-2DT-1(WH)
TEL
This is a fully modular terminal with two Flexible
Line keys (each with 2-color LED), eight function
keys, built-in Speakerphone, and a large LED to
indicate incoming calls and messages.
This phone does not support any adapter.
Each terminal requires an ESI(8)-U10 ETU.
DTU-4R-1(BK) TEL
This Dterm Cordless Lite Terminal can be connected
to the Electra Elite System using a tandem
connection to a Multiline Terminal. The terminal
has a 16-digit, 2-line LCD, dial pad, talk key, chan
key, hold key, transfer key, conf key, mute key, vol
key, a msg icon, vibrator, and four function keys
with red LEDs.
30
The cordless terminal can be switched to the
Multiline Terminal connected to it by pressing the
Desk key on the base unit of the idle Dterm Cordless
Lite Terminal.
1 - 14
Introduction
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Description
Basic KSU
Basic + 1
Expansion
KSU
Basic + 2
Expansion
KSUs
This digital Multiline Terminal has eight
programmable line keys (each with a 2-color LED),
built-in speakerphone, a large LED to indicate
incoming calls and messages, headset jack, and
compatibility with ADA-U, APR-U, CTA-U,
CTU(C)-U, CTU(S)-U, HFU-U, and VDD-U Units.
55
119
119
56
120
120
Equipment Name
DTP/DTU-8-1
(BK)/(WH) TEL
DTP-8D-1/
DTU-8D-2
(BK)/(WH) TEL
This digital Multiline Terminal has eight
programmable line keys (each with a 2-color LED),
built-in speakerphone, a large LED to indicate
incoming calls and messages, headset jack, and
compatibility with ADA-U, APR-U, CTA-U,
CTU(C)-U, CTU(S)-U, HFU-U, and VDD-U Units.
This terminal is also equipped with a 24-character,
3-line, adjustable Liquid Crystal Display (LCD).
The DTP-8D-1/DTU-8D-2 (BK)/(WH) TEL provides
four softkeys.
DTP-16HC-1(BK)
TEL
This Dterm Handset Cordless Terminal is a standalone telephone with direct connection to a single
port on the ESI(8)-U10 ETU.
40
An ACA-U Unit adapter is required for this terminal.
Each terminal requires an ESI(8)-U10 ETU port.
DTP/DTU-16-1
(BK)/(WH) TEL
DTP-16D-1/
DTU-16D-2
(BK)/(WH) TEL
This digital Multiline Terminal has 16 programmable
line keys (each with a 2-color LED), a built-in
speakerphone, a large LED to indicate incoming
calls and messages, headset jack, and
compatibility with ADA-U, APR-U, CTA-U,
CTU(C)-U, CTU(S)-U, HFU-U, and VDD-U Units.
These digital Multiline Terminals are equipped with
16 programmable line keys (each with a 2-color
LED), a built-in speakerphone, a large LED to
indicate incoming calls and messages, headset
jack, and compatibility with ADA-U, APR-U, CTA-U,
CTU(C)-U, CTU(S)-U, HFU-U, and VDD-U Units.
119
119
56
120
120
55
119
119
This terminal also has a 24-character, 3-line,
adjustable Liquid Crystal Display (LCD).
The DTP-16D-1/DTU-16D-2
provides four softkeys.
DTP/DTU-32-1
(BK)/(WH) TEL
55
(BK)/(WH)
TEL
This digital Multiline Terminal has 32 programmable
line keys (each with a 2-color LED), a built-in
speakerphone, a large LED to indicate incoming
calls and messages, headset jack, and
compatibility with ADA-U, APR-U, CTA-U,
CTU(C)-U, CTU(S)-U, HFU-U, and VDD-U Units.
System Hardware Manual
1 - 15
Issue 6
Equipment Name
DTP-32D-1/
DTU-32D-2
(BK)/(WH) TEL
Electra Elite
Description
Basic KSU
Basic + 1
Expansion
KSU
Basic + 2
Expansion
KSUs
This digital Multiline Terminal is equipped with 32
programmable line keys (each with a 2-color LED),
a built-in speakerphone, a large LED to indicate
incoming calls and messages, headset jack, and
compatibility with ADA-U, APR-U, CTA-U,
CTU(C)-U, CTU(S)-U, HFU-U, and VDD-U Units.
56
120
120
This terminal has a 24-character, 3-line, adjustable
Liquid Crystal Display (LCD).
The DTP-32D-1/DTU-32D-2
provides four softkeys.
D
term
PS II
DTR-1R-1(BK) TEL
(BK)/(WH)
TEL
The Personal Station wireless terminal provides the
features and benefits of a desktop telephone
without the inconvenience of having to remain
close to the desktop.
40
The Dterm Analog Cordless terminal uses 2.4 GHz
Digital Spread Spectrum (DSS) Technology and is
connected to an analog port using SLI(4)/(8)-U10
or OPX(2)-U10 ETU, an SLT(1)-U10 ADP, or an
APR-U Unit connected to the Multiline Terminal.
20
This terminal does not have an LCD display.
The Dterm Cordless II terminal uses 900 MHz
Digital Spread Spectrum (DSS) Technology and is
connected in tandem to a Multiline Terminal.
DTR-4R-1(BK) TEL
This terminal can be switched between cordless
and the Multiline Terminal connected to it using a
key on the base unit or the Handset.
10
This terminal has a 16-digit by 2-line LCD Display.
ETW-4R-1(BK) TEL
This Dterm Cordless Terminal can be connected to
the Electra Elite System using tandem connection
to a Multiline Terminal. This terminal has a
cordless handset, a 10-digit, 2-line LCD, dial pad,
TALK key, HOLD key, TRF key, CNF key, SPD key,
a MSG LED, optional vibrator, and four function
keys with red LED.
9
This Dterm Cordless Terminal can be switched to
the Multiline Terminal connected to it by pressing
the DESK key on the base unit of the idle Dterm
Cordless Terminal.
ETW-8-1/2(BK)/
(SW) TEL
1 - 16
This terminal is a fully modular instrument with tilt
stand, eight Flexible Line keys (each with 2-color
LED), eight function keys, built-in speakerphone,
ADA compatibility, and a large LED to indicate
incoming calls and messages.
55
119
119
Introduction
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Equipment Name
ETW-16DC-1/2
(BK)/(SW) TEL
Description
This terminal is a fully modular instrument with tilt
stand, 16 Flexible Line keys (each with 2-color
LED), eight function keys, built-in speakerphone,
ADA compatibility, and a large LED to indicate
incoming calls and messages.
This terminal has a 16-character
Liquid Crystal Display (LCD).
ETW-16DD-1/2
(BK)/(SW) TEL
by
Basic + 2
Expansion
KSUs
56
120
120
56
120
120
56
120
120
2-line
This terminal is a fully modular instrument with tilt
stand, 24 Flexible Line keys (each with 2-color
LED), eight function keys, 12 programmable
One-Touch keys, dual-path ability, built-in
speakerphone, ADA compatibility, and a large LED
to indicate incoming calls and messages.
This terminal has a 16-character
Liquid Crystal Display (LCD).
EDW-481/2(BK)/(SW)
CONSOLE
by
Basic + 1
Expansion
KSU
2-line
This terminal is a fully modular instrument with tilt
stand, 16 Flexible Line keys (each with 2-color
LED), eight function keys, 20 programmable
One-Touch keys with red LEDs, built-in
speakerphone, ADA compatibility, and a large LED
to indicate incoming calls and messages.
This terminal has a 16-character
Liquid Crystal Display (LCD).
ETW-24DS1/2(BK)/(SW) TEL
by
Basic KSU
2-line
This console has a tilt stand, 48 programmable
keys with dual LEDs (green and red) and 12
function keys with red LED. All 48 keys can be
assigned as DSS keys, outside line keys, or
function keys.
4
Adapters and Optional Units
ACA-U Unit
ADA-U Unit
The AC Adapter unit connects to one of the
following: APR-U Unit, CTA-U Unit, CTU(C)-U Unit,
CTU(S)-U Unit, HFU-U Unit, VDD-U Unit, or
DTP-16HC-1(BK) TEL.
This Ancillary Device adapter provides the Digital
Multiline Terminal with connection for a tape
recorder.
One per Multiline Terminal as required
56
120
120
This adapter can be installed on any DTP or DTU
Multiline Terminal except DTP-2DT-1(WH) TEL,
DTP-16HC-1(BK) TEL, or Cordless terminals.
System Hardware Manual
1 - 17
Issue 6
Equipment Name
ADA(1)-W
(BK)/(SW) Unit
Electra Elite
Description
Basic KSU
Basic + 1
Expansion
KSU
Basic + 2
Expansion
KSUs
This Ancillary Device adapter provides the Electra
Professional Multiline Terminal with connection for
headset, or audio recorder.
56
120
120
56
120
120
56
120
120
56
120
120
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
This adapter can be installed on any Electra
Professional Multiline Terminal.
ADA(2)-W
(BK)/(SW) Unit
APA-U Unit
This Ancillary Device adapter provides the Electra
Professional Multiline Terminal with connection for
Cordless Telephone.
This adapter can be installed on any Electra
Professional Multiline Terminal.
This Analog Port adapter without ringer is the
interface used to install a Single Line Telephone,
Modem, Credit Card Reader, Wireless Headset,
NEC VoicePoint/VoicePoint Plus Conferencing unit,
or other compatible Analog device.
This adapter can be installed on any DTP or DTU
Multiline Terminal except DTP-2DT-1(WH) TEL,
DTP-16HC-1(BK) TEL, or Cordless terminals.
APR-U Unit
When this Analog Port Ringer adapter is used, an
additional Single Line Telephone or a modem can
be connected to an Electra Elite Multiline Terminal.
This adapter can be installed on any DTP or DTU
Multiline Terminal except DTP-2DT-1(WH) TEL,
DTP-16HC-1(BK) TEL, or Cordless terminals.
CTA-U Unit
TAPI
(Microsoft
Telephony
Application
Programming Interface) adapter allows an Electra
Elite Multiline Terminal to be connected to a PC.
This adapter can be installed on any DTP or DTU
Multiline Terminal except DTP-2DT-1(WH) TEL,
DTP-16HC-1(BK) TEL, or Cordless terminals.
This unit is a CTA adapter for Universal Serial Bus
with a Coreline, VDH2(8)-U10 ETU, connection.
CTU(C)-U Unit
This adapter can be installed on any DTP or DTU
Multiline Terminal except DTP-2DT-1(WH) TEL,
DTP-16HC-1(BK) TEL, or Cordless terminals.
This unit is a CTA adapter for Universal Serial Bus
with an ESI(8)-U10 ETU connection.
CTU(S)-U Unit
1 - 18
This adapter can be installed on any DTP or DTU
Multiline Terminal except DTP-2DT-1(WH) TEL,
DTP-16HC-1(BK) TEL, or Cordless terminals.
Introduction
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Description
Basic KSU
Basic + 1
Expansion
KSU
Basic + 2
Expansion
KSUs
DBM(B)-U10 Box
This Message Display Board is connected to the
ESI(8)-U10 ETU to provide a message waiting light
for voice mail boxes. Each board supports eight
message waiting lights.
8
8
8
DBM(E)-U10 Box
Expansion Message Display Board. Each board
supports eight message waiting lights. Up to five
DBM(E)-U10s can be connected to one
DBM(B)-U10.
40
40
40
56
120
120
32
32
32
32
32
32
1
2
3
Equipment Name
HFU-U(BK)/(WH)
Unit
PCT(C)-U10 Unit
This optional Handsfree Unit provides full-duplex
handsfree communication. This unit comes with
the handsfree adapter and an external microphone.
This adapter can be installed on any DTP or DTU
Multiline Terminal except DTP-2DT-1(WH) TEL,
DTP-16HC-1(BK) TEL, or Cordless terminals.
NEC PC Telephony Board (TAPI) with a Coreline
interface.
The VDD-U Unit is built into the
PCT(C)-U10 so that this unit can connect directly to
the VDH2(8)-U10 ETU. This unit can be connected
directly to the test port.
This unit can be installed on the ISA bus on any
IBM-compatible PC.
NEC PC Telephony Board (TAPI) without a modem.
PCT(S)-U10 Unit
RAK-U10 Unit
SLT(1)-U10 ADP
This unit can be installed on the ISA bus on any
IBM-compatible PC.
This 19” unit is used to simplify installation by rack
mounting the Electra Elite 192 system.
The Single Line Telephone Adapter provides an
interface for Single Line Telephones and other
similar devices from an ESI ETU channel.
8
This adapter can be connected to any ESI port
except 01 and 02.
The Voice/Data Interface Adapter provides LAN
split for digital terminals when the VDH2(8)-U10
ETU is used. This unit is used to incorporate LAN
and telephone lines into one cable.
VDD-U Unit
This adapter can be installed on any DTP or DTU
Multiline Terminal connected to a VDH2(8)-U10
ETU
except
DTP-2DT-1(WH)
TEL,
DTP-16HC-1(BK) TEL, or Cordless terminals.
System Hardware Manual
24
48
72
1 - 19
Issue 6
Equipment Name
Electra Elite
Description
Basic KSU
Basic + 1
Expansion
KSU
Basic + 2
Expansion
KSUs
56
120
120
This Wall Mount Unit is used to mount any Electra
Elite Multiline Terminal to the wall. This unit
connects to the back side of the Multiline Terminal.
WMU-U Unit
This unit is required when an APA-U Unit, APR-U
Unit, CTA-U Unit, CTU(C)-U Unit, CTU(S)-U10 Unit
HFU-U (BK)/(WH) Unit, or a VDD-U Unit is
installed.
WMU-W Unit
This universal Wall Mount Unit is used to mount
any Electra Professional Multiline Terminal or
DTP-2DT-1(WH) TEL to the wall.
56
120
120
ZT II
The
Zone
Transceiver
maintains
communication with the PS II terminals.
12
16
16
radio
Software
SAT S/W (END
USER) S6000
System Administration Terminal Software for End
User
1
SAT S/W (TECH)
S6000
System Administration
Technician
1
SAT LCR
Version 2.00
System Administration Terminal Software for Least
Cost Routing
1
Wireless Service
Console (WSC)
Wireless Service Console (WSC) Administration
Terminal Software
1
IP Configurator
VoIP Administration Terminal (VAT) Software
1
1 - 20
Terminal
Software
for
Introduction
Electra Elite
Issue 6
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
System Hardware Manual
1 - 21
Issue 6
Electra Elite
1 - 22
Introduction
Chapter 2
System Specifications
SECTION 1
GENERAL
INFORMATION
SECTION 2
SYSTEM BLOCK
DIAGRAM
This chapter provides detailed specifications for the Electra Elite 192
system technician. The technician should review this information carefully
before installing the system.
Figure 2-1 System Block Diagram shows the ETUs that can be installed in
the KSU and the number of channels that are supported when the ETU is
installed. Table 2-1 List of Abbreviations provides abbreviations that are
used in the diagram.
Table 2-1 List of Abbreviations
Abbreviation
System Hardware Manual
Description
ACD
Automatic Call Distribution
AMP
Amplifier
APR
Analog Port Ringer
BRT
Basic Rate Trunk Interface
BSU
Base Station Unit
CNF
Multiline Conference Bridge
COI
Central Office Interface
COIB
Central Office Interface (COI/COID mode)
COID
Central Office Caller ID
COM
Communication
CPU
Central Processing Unit
CTA
Computer Telephony Adapter
CTI
Computer Telephony Integration
DID
Direct Inward Dialing
DPH
Doorphone
DTI
Digital Trunk Interface
2-1
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Table 2-1 List of Abbreviations (Continued)
Abbreviation
2-2
Description
ECR
External Control Relay
ESI
Electronic Station Interface
FMS
Built-In Voice Mail System Interface
HDLC
High Level Data Link Control
HFU
Handsfree Unit
IPT
Internet Protocol Trunk for VoIP
ISDN
Integrated Services Digital Network
LAN
Local Area Network
MIC
Microphone
MIF
Multipurpose Interface
MOH
Music On Hold
OPX
Off-Premise Extension
PBR
Push Button Receiver
PC
Personal Computer
PCM
Pulse Code Modulation
PCT (C)
PC Telephony Board (Coreline Interface)
PCT (S)
PC Telephony Board (without Modem)
PRT
Primary Rate Trunk
PS II
Personal System Wireless Terminal
SLI
Single Line Interface
SLT
Single Line Telephone
SPK
Speaker
TLI
Tie Line Interface
VDD
Voice Data Digital Adapter
VDH
Voice Data Hub
VM
Voice Mail
VMS
Built-In Voice Mail System Interface
VoIP
Voice over Internet Protocol
VRS
Voice Recording Service
ZT II
Zone Transceiver
System Specifications
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Package Control Path
(HDLC)
Analog
VM
SLI(4)(8)
Voice Path
(PCM Highway)
COI(4)/(8)
CO Line
COIB(4)
SLT
COI/COID Line
OPX(2)
COID(4)/(8)
AMP/SPK
Audio
Relay
ECR
DPH
DPH(4)
BRT(4)
ISDN Basic
DID(4)
RS-232C
Modem
CTU(S)
APA Electra
APR
HFU
Electra
Professional
Terminals
Elite
MIC
SLT
E&M Tie Lines
(4-wire)
DTI-U10/20
MIFM
ESI(8)
ISDN Primary (S3000)
DID
TLI(2)
CTA
ZTII for
Wireless
BSU(2)-U10
PRT(1) 10/20
PC
CO Line with
Caller ID
T1 Line
COM Port
MIFA
COM Port
CNF(8)
Electra
Mail CTI
SLT ADP
VMS(2)/(4)/(8)
PC
ACD(8)
Multiline Conference
Bridge
Elite ACD Plus Server
PCT(S)
VRS(4)
PC
CTU(C)
Electra
Elite
PCT(C)
PBR( )
Coreline
FMS(2)/(4)/(8)
VDD
VDH2(8)
10Base-T
PC
IPT(4)/(8)
CPUB( )-U10 ETU
MOH
CLKG-U10
VoIP
LAN
10Base-T/2
Figure 2-1 System Block Diagram
System Hardware Manual
2-3
Issue 6
SECTION 3
MAXIMUM SYSTEM
CAPACITIES
Electra Elite
The maximum capacities available in the Electra Elite System are shown
in Table 2-2 Maximum System Capacities.
Table 2-2
Item
Maximum System Capacities
Basic KSU
ACD(8)-U10 ETU
Basic +2
Expansion KSUs
1
APA-U/ APR-U Unit
56
120
120
BRT(4)-U10 ETU
4
8
8
BSU(2)-U10 ETU
6
8
8
CLKG-U10 Unit
1
1
1
CNF(8)-U10 ETU
2
2
2
COI(4)-U10 ETU
7
15
16
COI(8)-U10 ETU
7
8
8
COI mode: 15
COID mode:8
COI mode: 16
COID mode:8
COIB(4)-U10 ETU
COI mode: 7
COID mode: 4
COID(4)-U10 ETU
4
8
8
COID(8)-U10 ETU
4
8
8
CPUB( )-U10 ETU
1
1
1
CTA-U Unit
32
32
32
CTI/VP(4)/(8)/(12)/(16)U10 ETU
2-4
Basic +1
Expansion
KSU
1
CTU(C)/(S)-U Unit
32
32
32
DBM(B)-U10 Box
8
8
8
DBM(E)-U10 Box
40
40
40
DID(4)-U10 ETU
7
15
16
DPH(4)-U10 ETU
1
1
1
Dterm Analog Cordless
20
20
20
Dterm Cordless II
10
10
10
Dterm Handset Cordless
40
40
40
Dterm Personal Station II
40
40
40
DTI-U10/20 ETU
2
3
3
ECR-U10 ETU
1
1
1
ESI(8)-U10 ETU
7
15
15
System Specifications
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Table 2-2
Maximum System Capacities (Continued)
Basic KSU
Basic +1
Expansion
KSU
Basic +2
Expansion KSUs
FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U10 ETU
1
1
1
HFU-U Unit
56
120
120
IPT(4)-U10 ETU
Variable
Variable
Variable
IPT(8)-U10 ETU
Variable
Variable
Variable
MIFA-U10 Unit
1
1
1
MIFM-U10 Unit
1
1
1
OPX(2)-U10 ETU
6
14
22
PBR( )-U10 ETU
1
1
1
PCT(C)/(S)-U10 Unit
32
32
32
PRT(1)-U10 ETU
2
3
3
SLI(4)-U10 ETU
7
14
22
SLI(8)-U10 ETU
7
14
14
TLI(2)-U10 ETU
7
15
16
VDD-U Unit
24
48
72
VDH2(8)-U10 ETU
3
6
9
VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U10 ETU
1
1
1
VRS(4)-U10 ETU
2
2
2
ZT II
12
16
16
Item
SECTION 4
SYSTEM
REQUIREMENTS AND
SPECIFICATIONS
System Hardware Manual
Only one FMS, VMS, or CTI/VP can be installed in the system at one time.
4.1
Cabling Requirements and Specifications
The KSU is connected with each Multiline Terminal and Single Line
Telephone by a separate twisted 1-pair cable or 2-pair cable (only
for Multiline Terminals). Refer to Table 2-3 Multiline Terminal Loop
Resistance and Cable Length, Table 2-4 Cable Connection
Between the Analog Port and the Single Line Equipment, Table 2-5
Cable Connection Between ESI/VDH and PCT Board, Table 2-6
Cabling Requirements, and Table 2-7 Zone Transceiver II Range.
2-5
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Table 2-3 Multiline Terminal Loop Resistance and Cable Length
Terminal or Adapter
Maximum Feet
by Twisted
1-Pair Cable
Maximum Feet
by Twisted
2-Pair Cable
24 AWG
24 AWG
DBM(B)-U10 Box
N/A
900
900
DCU-60-1(BK)/(WH) CONSOLE
N/A
1000
1000
DTP-2DT-1(WH) TEL
35
600
1000
DTU 4R-1(BK) TEL
N/A
650
1000
DTP-8-1(BK)/(WH) TEL
DTU-8-1(BK)/(WH) TEL
35
600
1000
DTP-8D-1(BK)/(WH) TEL
DTU-8D-2(BK)/(WH) TEL
35
600
1000
DTP-16-1(BK)/(WH) TEL
DTU-16-1(BK)/(WH) TEL
26
450
900
DTP-16D-1(BK)/(WH) TEL
DTU-16D-2(BK)/(WH) TEL
26
450
900
DTP-16HC-1(BK) TEL
57
DTP-32-1(BK)/(WH) TEL
DTU-32-1(BK)/(WH) TEL
21
360
720
DTP-32D-1(BK)/(WH) TEL
DTU-32D-2(BK)/(WH) TEL
21
360
720
DTR-1R-1(BK) TEL
35
600
1000
DTR-4R-1(BK) TEL
N/A
650
1000
ETW-8-1/2(BK)/(SW) TEL
35
600
1000
ETW-16DC-1/2(BK)/(SW) TEL
26
450
900
ETW-16DD-1/2(BK)/(SW) TEL
21
360
720
ETW-24DS-1/2(BK)/(SW) TEL
26
450
900
ETW-4R-1(BK) TEL
N/A
650
650
EDW-48-1(BK)/(SW) DSS/BLF
with AC Adapter
N/A
1000
1000
SLT(1)-U10 ADP
35
600
1000
2-6
Maximum
Loop
Resistance
(Ohms)
1083
An AC Adapter is required when installing the following devices: DTP-16HC-1(BK)
TEL, Electra Elite DCU 60, or Electra Professional EDW 48 Attendant Console.
The length for the specified SLT Adapter is the length between the SLT Adapter and
the ESI.
System Specifications
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Twisted 2-Pair Cable
ESI
RJ11
Multiline Terminal
Figure 2-2
Connecting the ESI Using Twisted 2-Pair Cable
Table 2-4 Cable Connection Between the Analog Port and the Single Line
Equipment
Cable
Maximum Loop Resistance
(24 AWG) from Connected
Equipment to Telephone
ADA(2)-W Unit
Twisted Pair
10 feet
APA-U Unit or APR-U Unit
Twisted Pair
50 feet
OPX(2)-U10 ETU
Twisted Pair
1,600 ohms
SLI(4)/(8)-U10 ETU
Twisted Pair
300 ohms
SLT(1)-U10 ADP
Twisted Pair
50 feet
Connected Equipment
Mixing digital and analog ports through the same 25-pair cable runs is
not recommended.
Table 2-5 Cable Connection Between ESI/VDH and PCT Board
Connected
Equipment
PCT(C)-U10 Unit
PCT(S)-U10 Unit
Maximum Loop
Resistance
(Ohms)
Cable
Attached
Telephone
35
Connected
31
Not Connected
35
Connected
31
Not Connected
10 Base-T
Twisted 1-Pair
Table 2-6 Cabling Requirements
Connected Equipment
System Hardware Manual
Cable
External Amplifier
Hi-Fi Shielded Audio Cable
Music on Hold and Background Music
Sources
Hi-Fi Shielded Audio Cable
2-7
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Table 2-7 Zone Transceiver II Range
Connected Equipment
Range
ZT II-U Unit without ACA-U Unit
3,000 feet
ZT II-U Unit with ACA-U Unit
16,404 feet
4.2
Cabling Precautions
4.2.1
Cable Placement
When selecting cables and Main Distribution Frame
(MDF), future expansion or assignment changes should
be considered. Avoid running cables in the following
places:
4.2.2
A place exposed to wind or rain.
A place near heat radiating equipment or where the
quality of station cable covering could be affected
by gases and chemicals.
An unstable place subject to vibration.
Environmental Conditions
Temperature
Operating:
+32°F ~ +104°F (0°C ~ 40°C)
Long Term:
+50°F ~ +90°F (10°C ~ 32.2°C)
Humidity
4.3
Operating:
10% ~ 90% noncondensing
Power Requirements
4.3.1
Power Supply Inputs
AC input requirements for the system are listed below.
AC Input (P64-U10 PSU)
2-8
117 Vac ± 10%
60 Hz ± 10%
Single Phase
7.5A circuit
A dedicated outlet, separately fused and grounded
System Specifications
Electra Elite
Issue 6
4.3.2
Power Supply Consumption
The power consumption for the Electra Elite 192 system
is listed in Table 2-8 Power Consumption.
Table 2-8 Power Consumption
Maximum
RMS
Current
Watts Used
(Idle)
Watts Used
(Maximum)
Basic KSU – B64-U10 KSU
2.5 A
120
230
Basic KSU + Expansion KSU
5.0 A
240
460
Basic KSU + 2 Expansion KSUs
7.5 A
360
690
KSU
4.3.3
Fuse Replacement
When replacing fuses, refer to the specifications in Table
2-9 Fuse Replacement.
Table 2-9 Fuse Replacement
Unit
Fuse
Number
Specifications
Description
Dimensions
P64-U10 PSU
F1
125V, 6.0A
AC Input
1/4” x 1 1/4”
P64-U10 PSU
F101
250V, 10A
Battery Input
1/4” x 1 1/4”
All fuses are normal blown glass tube.
Do not use slow blow fuses. Replace with a fuse of
the same type and rating.
System Hardware Manual
2-9
Issue 6
Electra Elite
4.4
Outside Line Types
The following outside lines can be used with the Electra Elite 192
system.
2-wire, Loop Start or Ground Start Trunks
2-wire, 2-way DID Lines (Dial Pulse or DTMF)
4-wire, E&M Tie Lines (Type I or V, Dial Pulse, or DTMF)
Digital Trunk FT1 (Loop Start, Ground Start, Tie Line (E&M), or
DID Signaling)
ISDN-BRI Trunks
ISDN-PRI Trunks
VoIP Trunks (Internet Protocols)
Refer to Table 1 FIC, REN, SOC, and Jack Types for Electra Elite
System ETUs in the Regulatory Information section in this manual
for a detailed list of Facility Interface Codes, Ringer Equivalence
Numbers, Service Order Codes and Jack Types.
4.5
Transmission, Network, and Control Specifications
4.5.1
Transmission
Data Length
From Multiline Terminal to ESI(8)-U10 ETU: 23 bits
From ESI(8)-U10 ETU to Multiline Terminal: 23 bits
Data Transmission Rates:
Between ESI(8)-U10 ETU and Multiline Terminal:
184K bps (voice and signaling)
4.5.2
Scanning Time for each Multiline Terminal: 32 ms.
Network
Time Division Multiplexing allows transmission of a
number of separate data, voice and/or video
simultaneously over one communications medium. The
information below indicates the specifications the Electra
Elite 192 system uses for switching, clock, data bus,
timeframe.
2 - 10
TDM Switching:
PCM (µ Law)
TDM Clock:
2.048 MHz
System Specifications
Electra Elite
Issue 6
4.5.3
TDM Data Bus:
8 bit
TDM Timeframe: 125 µs.
Control
This section indicates the speed or capacity.
4.5.4
Control: Stored program with distributed processing
Central Processor:
32-bit microprocessor
Clock:
16.384 MHz
Interface ETU:
8-bit or 16-bit microprocessor
Optional ETUs:
16- or 32-bit microprocessor
Multiline Terminal:
8-bit microprocessor
Attendant Console:
4-bit microprocessor
SLT Adapter:
4-bit microprocessor
Telephone
The voltage, current, ring signal information for the
Electra Elite Multiline Terminals, Single Line Telephone
equipment, and APA/APR units are listed below.
Multiline Terminal
Voltage:
-11 ~ -26 Vdc
Maximum Current:
250 mA
System Hardware Manual
Acoustical characteristics meet Electronic Industry
Association (EIA) standard proposal SP-1286 and
standard EIA RS-470.
Single Line Telephone
Standard 2500 Set:
500 type network
Nominal Current:
35 mA
Ring Signal:
56 Vac RMS @ 20 Hz
SLT(1)-U10 ADP
Standard 2500 Set:
500 type network
Nominal Current:
30 mA
Ring Signal:
56 Vac RMS @ 20 Hz
APA-U Unit
Standard 2500 Set:
500 type network
Nominal Current:
30 mA
2 - 11
Issue 6
Electra Elite
4.6
APR-U Unit
Standard 2500 Set:
500 type network
Nominal Current:
30 mA
Ring Signal:
56 Vac RMS @ 20 Hz
Dialing Specifications
4.6.1
Dial Pulse Address Signaling
Dial Pulse address Signaling uses dial pulses (regular
momentary interruptions) to signal the equipment. In the
Electra Elite 192 system, the following Dial Pulse
specifications are used.
4.6.2
Pulse Rate:
10 ± 0.5 pps/20 ± 1.0 pps
Percent Break:
60 ± 1.5%
Interdigit Interval: 10 pps/20 pps 500 ms. ~ 800 ms.
Dual-Tone Multifrequency (DTMF) Address Signaling
DTMF signaling describes push button or Touchtone
dialing. When a key on a telephone is pushed, two tones
(one high frequency and one low frequency) are
provided. In the Electra Elite 192 system, the following
DTMF specifications are used.
Frequencies
Two sinusoidal frequencies are provided, one from
the high frequency group and one from the low
frequency group.
Frequency Deviation: Less than ±1.0%
Signal Level:
Nominal level per frequency: -6 ~ -4 dBm
Minimum level per frequency:
Low Group:
-10 dBm
High Group:
-8 dBm
Maximum level per frequency: 0 dBm
Rise Time: Within 5 ms.
Duration of Dual Frequency Signal:
110 ms. default/60 ms. minimum
2 - 12
System Specifications
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Interdigital Time: 80 ms. default/70 ms. minimum
Nominal High Group
Frequencies (Hz)
Nominal Low Group
Frequencies (Hz)
4.7
1209
1336
1477
697
1
2
3
770
4
5
6
852
7
8
9
941
,
0
#
Battery Backup
The Electra Elite system has two battery backup functions: one for
system backup and one for memory backup.
4.7.1
System Backup
During power failure, the system is backed up using a
rechargeable battery. This battery backup supports all of
the system operations for approximately 30 minutes.
4.7.2
Memory Backup
The CPUB( )-U10 ETU has a battery installed to provide
backup of system memory. When the battery is fully
charged, system memory (customer data) is retained.
for approximately 21 days.
System Hardware Manual
2 - 13
Issue 6
Electra Elite
4.8
Weights and Dimensions
Table 2-10 Weights and Dimensions indicates the shipping weight,
height, width, and depth of each of the Electra Elite 192 KSUs,
ETUs, Multiline Terminals, and adapters.
Table 2-10 Weights and Dimensions
Shipping
Weight*
Height
Width
Depth
ACA-U Unit
22.5 oz
(638 g)
3.4”
(86 mm)
4.2”
(107 mm)
5.2”
(133 mm)
ACD(8)-U10 ETU
6.4 lbs**
(2903 g)
1.89”
(48 mm)
11.47”
(290 mm)
8.46”
(214 mm)
ADA-U Unit
2.3 oz
(65 g)
1.1”
(29 mm)
2.3”
(59 mm)
3.9”
(99 mm)
APA-U Unit or APR-U Unit
4.3 oz
(122 g)
2.4”
(60 mm)
2.3”
(59 mm)
4.8”
(121 mm)
460.8 oz
(13063 g)
13.1”
(312 mm)
13.7”
(348 mm)
18”
(457 mm)
BRT(4)-U10 ETU
14.6 oz
(414 g)
1.97”
(50 mm)
9.45”
(240 mm)
7.68”
(195 mm)
BSU(2)-U10 ETU
13.2 oz
(374 g)
1.97”
(50 mm)
9.45”
(240 mm)
7.68”
(195 mm)
CNF(8)-U10 ETU
12.0 oz
(340 g)
1.89”
(48 mm)
11.47”
(290 mm)
8.46”
(214 mm)
COI(4)-U10 ETU
13.6 oz
(385 g
1.97”
(50 mm)
9.45”
(240 mm)
7.68”
(195 mm)
COI(8)-U10 ETU
16.6 oz
(471 g)
1.97”
(50 mm)
9.45”
(240 mm)
7.68”
(195 mm)
COIB(4)-U10 ETU
14.4 oz
(408 g)
1.97”
(50 mm)
9.45”
(240 mm)
7.68”
(195 mm)
COID(4)-U10 ETU
14.4 oz
(408 g)
1.97”
(50 mm)
9.45”
(240 mm)
7.68”
(195 mm)
COID(8)-U10 ETU
17.3 oz
(490 g)
1.97”
(50 mm)
9.45”
(240 mm)
7.68”
(195 mm)
CPUB( )-U10 ETU
13.4 oz
(380 g)
1.97”
(50 mm)
9.45”
(240 mm)
7.68”
(195 mm)
CTA-U Unit
4.3 oz
(122 g)
2.4”
(60 mm)
2.3”
(59 mm)
4.8”
(121 mm)
12 lbs**
(5.44 Kg)
1.89”
(48 mm)
11.47”
(290 mm)
8.46”
(214 mm)
9.5 oz
(270 g)
2.4”
(60 mm)
4.3”
(110 mm)
4.4”
(112 mm)
Unit
B64-U10 KSU
CTI/VP(4)/(8)/(12)/(16)-U10 ETU
CTU(C)-U Unit
2 - 14
System Specifications
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Shipping
Weight*
Height
Width
Depth
CTU(S)-U Unit
9.5 oz
(270 g)
2.4”
(60 mm)
4.3”
(110 mm)
4.4”
(112 mm)
DBM(B)-U10 Box
74.4 oz
(2109 g)
2.75”
(70 mm)
13.5”
(343 mm)
9.75”
(248 mm )
DBM(E)-U10 Box
74.4 oz
(2109 g)
2.75”
(70 mm)
13.5”
(343 mm)
9.75”
(248 mm )
DCU-60-1(BK)/(WH) Console
53 oz
(1503 g)
3.6”
(92 mm)
8.8”
(223 mm)
10.6”
(270 mm)
DID(4)-U10 ETU
15.5 oz
(439 g)
1.97”
(50 mm)
9.45”
(240 mm)
7.68”
(195 mm)
DP-D-1A Doorphone
8.4 oz
(238 g)
1.5”
(38 mm)
5.5”
(140 mm)
$.75”
(121 mm)
DPH(4)-U10 ETU
12.1 oz
(343 g)
1.97”
(50 mm)
9.45”
(240 mm)
7.68”
(195 mm)
DTI-U10/20 ETU
13.2 oz
(374 g)
1.89”
(48 mm)
11.47”
(290 mm)
8.46”
(214 mm)
DTP-1-1(WH) TEL
DTP-1-2(WH)/(BK) TEL
DTP-1HM-1(WH) TEL
DTP-1HM-2(WH)/(BK) TEL
26.8 oz
(760 g)
2.36”
(60 mm)
6.22”
(158 mm)
8.81”
(224 mm)
DTP-2DT-1(WH) TEL
41 oz
(1163 g)
4.8”
(123 mm)
7.8”
( 197mm
9.3”
(235 mm)
DTU-4R-1(BK)/(WH) TEL
15.4 oz
(437 g)
2.25”
(57 mm)
4.25”
(108)
7.5”
(191)
DTP-8-1(BK)/(WH) TEL
DTU-8-1(BK) TEL
41.0 oz
(1163 g)
4.8”
(123 mm)
7.8”
(197 mm)
9.3”
(235 mm)
DTP-8D-1(BK)/(WH) TEL
DTU-8D-2(BK) TEL
43.5 oz
(1233 g)
4.8”
(123 mm)
7.8”
(197 mm)
9.3”
(235 mm)
DTP-16HC-1(BK) TEL
53 oz
(1503 g)
6.00”
(152 mm)
9.08”
(230 mm)
8.04”
(204 mm)
DTP-16-1(BK)/(WH) TEL
DTU-16-1(BK) TEL
41 oz
(1162 g)
4.8”
(123 mm)
7.8”
(197 mm)
9.3”
(235 mm)
DTP-16D-1(BK)/(WH) TEL
DTU-16D-2(BK) TEL
43.5 oz
(1233 g)
4.8”
(123 mm)
7.8”
(197 mm)
9.3”
(235 mm)
DTP-32-1(BK)/(WH) TEL
DTU-32-1(BK) TEL
46 oz
(1304 g)
4.8”
(123 mm)
8.7”
(220 mm)
9.3”
(235 mm)
DTP-32D-1(BK)/(WH) TEL
DTU-32D-2(BK) TEL
48 oz
(1361 g)
4.8”
(123 mm)
8.7”
(220 mm)
9.3”
(235 mm)
DTR-1R-1(BK) TEL
14.4oz
(408 g)
4.5”
(114 mm)
6.1”
(153 mm)
8.62”
(218 mm)
Unit
System Hardware Manual
2 - 15
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Shipping
Weight*
Height
Width
Depth
DTR-4R-1(BK) TEL
15.4 oz
(437 g)
2.25”
(57 mm)
4.25”
(108)
7.5”
(191)
ECR-U10 ETU
21.2 oz
( 344 g)
1.97”
(50 mm)
9.45”
(240 mm)
7.68”
(195 mm)
EDW-48-1/2(BK)/(SW) TEL
49 oz
(1389 g)
2.72”
(69 mm)
6.89”
(175 mm)
8.81”
(223 mm)
ESI(8)-U10 ETU
14.5 oz
(411 g)
1.97”
(50 mm)
9.45”
(240 mm)
7.68”
(195 mm)
ETW-4R-1(BK) TEL
26oz
(737 g)
3.42”
(87 mm)
5.51”
(140 mm)
7.48”
(190 mm)
ETW-8-1/2(BK)/(SW) TEL
32 oz
(907 g)
3.98”
(101mm)
6.89”
(175 mm)
8.81”
(223 mm)
ETW-16DC-1/2(BK)/(SW) TEL
35 oz
(992 g)
3.98”
(101mm)
6.89”
(175 mm)
8.81”
(223 mm)
ETW-16DD-1/2(BK)/(SW) TEL
39 oz
(1106 g)
3.98”
(101mm)
8.07”
(205 mm)
8.81”
(223 mm)
ETW-24DS-1/2(BK)/(SW) TEL
39 oz
(1106 g)
3.98”
(101mm)
8.07”
(205 mm)
8.81”
(223 mm)
EXP-U10 ETU
14.6 oz
(414 g)
1.89”
(48 mm)
11.47”
(290 mm)
8.46”
(214 mm)
FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U10 ETU
6.4 lbs**
(2903 g)
1.89”
(48 mm)
11.47”
(290 mm)
8.46”
(214 mm)
HFU-U(BK)/(WH) Unit
7.1 oz
(201 g)
2.4”
(60 mm)
4.2”
(107 mm)
5.2”
(133 mm)
IPT(4)-U10 ETU
32 oz
( 907 g)
5.0”
(127 mm)
10”
(254 mm)
10”
(254 mm)
IPT(8)-U10 ETU
32 oz
( 907 g)
5.0”
(127 mm)
10”
(254 mm)
10”
(254 mm)
MIFA-U10 ETU
12.1 oz
(343 g)
1.97”
(50 mm)
9.45”
(240 mm)
7.68”
(195 mm)
MIFM-U10 ETU
12.3 oz
(349 g)
1.97”
(50 mm)
9.45”
(240 mm)
7.68”
(195 mm)
OPX(2)-U10 ETU
13.4 oz
(380 g)
1.97”
(50 mm)
9.45”
(240 mm)
7.68”
(195 mm)
PBR( )-U10 ETU
10.7 oz
(303 g)
1.97”
(50 mm)
9.45”
(240 mm)
7.68”
(195 mm)
PRT(1)-U10/20 ETU
13.2 oz
(374 g)
1.97”
(50 mm)
9.45”
(240 mm)
7.68”
(195 mm)
RAK-U10 Unit
20 lbs
9072g
20”
(507 mm)
15
(380 mm)
8.5
( 216 mm)
Unit
2 - 16
System Specifications
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Shipping
Weight*
Height
Width
Depth
SLI(4)-U10 ETU
13.0 oz
(370 g)
1.97”
(50 mm)
9.45”
(240 mm)
7.68”
(195 mm)
SLI(8)-U10 ETU
14.1 oz
(400 g)
1.97”
(50 mm)
9.45”
(240 mm)
7.68”
(195 mm)
SLT(1)-U10 ADP
9 oz.
(255 g)
1.8”
(45 mm)
2.8”
(70 mm)
4.8”
(120 mm)
TLI(2)-U10 ETU
13.8 oz
(391 g)
1.97”
(50 mm)
9.45”
(240 mm)
7.68”
(195 mm)
VDD-U Unit
12.4 oz
(352 g)
2.5”
(63 mm)
8.8”
(224mm)
10.8”
(275 mm)
VDH2(8)-U10 ETU
18.4 oz
(522 g)
1.97”
(50 mm)
9.45”
(240 mm)
7.68”
(195 mm)
VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U10 ETU
6.4 lbs**
(2903 g)
1.89”
(48 mm)
11.47”
(290 mm)
8.46”
(214 mm)
VRS(4)-U10 ETU
12.0 oz
(340 g)
1.97”
(50 mm)
9.45”
(240 mm)
7.68”
(195 mm)
WMU-U Unit
10.6 oz
(301 g)
4.1”
(104 mm)
5.9”
(151 mm)
7.1”
(180 mm)
WMU-W Unit
20 oz
(567 g)
5.75”
(147 mm)
5.75”
(147 mm)
2.5”
(63 mm)
Unit
* Shipping weight includes the shipping carton.
** Shipping weight includes the shipping carton and documentation.
4.9
External Equipment Interface
Input signal levels, impedance, contact ratings, and connector
types are listed for externally connected equipment.
4.9.1
Music on Hold/Station Background Music
4.9.2
0.6V PPS Signal Level
Input Impedance:
600 Ω
Music for Station BGM via
COIB/COI( )-U10 ETU
Auxiliary input:
0.6 V PPS Signal Level
Input Impedance:
600 Ω
External Paging (Audio)
System Hardware Manual
Auxiliary Input:
Output Power:
-10 dBm Signal Level
2 - 17
Issue 6
Electra Elite
2 - 18
Output Impedance:
600 Ω
Relay Contact Rating: 500 mA, 24 Vdc
System Specifications
Electra Elite
Issue 6
4.9.3
External Tone Ringer/Night Chime Output
4.9.4
600 Ω
Relay Contact Rating: 500 mA, 24 Vdc
Female Connector (System Output):
Standard RS-232C (straight)
Female Connector (System Output):
Standard RS-232C (straight)
ACD/MIS Connector
4.9.7
Output Impedance:
PC Connection
4.9.6
-10 dBm
SMDR Output
4.9.5
Output Power:
Female Connector (System Output):
Standard RS-232C
Relay Contact
All Relay Contact Ratings: 500 mA, 24 Vdc
4.10 Audible and Visual Indications
The tables in this section provide the audible and visual indications
used in the Electra Elite 192 systems.
4.10.1
Tone Patterns
Tones are used in the Electra Elite 192 systems to inform
the station user of various system functions such as, dial
tone, busy tone, or ringback tone. Table 2-11 Tone
Patterns lists the frequency and the pattern for the tones
used in the Electra Elite 192 system.
4.10.2
LED Flash Patterns
The Electra Elite 192 system provides 2-color LEDs.
Green is used primarily for I-Use conditions and for
outside calls. Red is used primarily for Other Use
conditions and internal calls. Refer to Table 2-12 Multiline
Terminal LED Flash Pattern.
System Hardware Manual
2 - 19
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Table 2-11 Tone Patterns
System Tone
(Fixed)
Frequency
(Hz)
(Fixed)
Intermit
(Default)
480/620
60 IPM
Cycle
0.5 sec
Busy Tone
0.5 sec
0.5 sec
Call Waiting Tone
440
60 IPM
0.5 sec
Second Dial Tone
0.2 5 sec
350/440
120 IPM
0.25 s ec
2400 Modulation
(16 Hz)
Continuous
Internal Dial Tone
350/440
Continuous
Internal Ringback Tone
440/480
1 sec On
2 sec Off
Howler Tone
LCR Dial Tone
440
Continuous
Reorder Tone
480/620
120 IPM
1 sec
2 sec
0.25 sec
0.25 sec
Service Set Tone
440
Continuous
Special Dial Tone
440
240 IPM
0.125 sec
0.125 sec
Tone Burst 1 Tone
440
Continuous
Tone Burst 2 Tone
620
Continuous
Tie/DID Ringback Tone
440/480
2 sec On
4 sec Off
Camp-On Tone
Call Alert Notification
Attendant Tone Override
440
Continuous
DIT Alert Tone
480/620
Continuous
Call Forward Alert Tone
Call Forward
Configuration Tone
350/440
120 IPM
2 - 20
1 sec
1 sec
2 sec
4 sec
0.7 sec
0.5 sec
0.25 sec ON x 2~3 bursts
System Specifications
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Table 2-12 Multiline Terminal LED Flash Pattern
LED
Condition
Color
W
I-Use
Busy
Incoming Call
I-Hold
Call Hold
Hold Recall
Transfer Recall
Live Monitoring Mode
Message Waiting on Line Key
Green
Red
Red
Green
Red
Green
Green
Green
Red
Microphone
ON
Red
I-Use
ICM Incoming Call
Voice Over Broker
Red
Red
Red
Incoming Internal Call
Incoming Outside Call
Message from Attendant
Voice Mail Message
Red
Green
Green
Red
P
ON
System Data Entry
Red
Red
R
Conference in Progress/Barge In
All Conference Circuits Used
Hold Conference Call
ICM Call Hold
SPD Confirmation
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
O
Incoming Trunk
Exclusive Hold
User Ringing Line Preference
Voice Over with Broker’s Call
Red
Green
Red
Green
T
Callback Set
Auto Repeat Set
ON (to set function)
Call FWD - All Calls Set
Red
Red
Red
Red
W
ICM
Large LED
W
BLF or
DSS Key
Use, Hold
DND, Call FWD-All Calls Set
Special Mode (while pressing
or going off-line)
T
Flash Patterns
Red
Red
Red
0
System Hardware Manual
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0 sec.
2 - 21
Issue 6
2 - 22
Electra Elite
System Specifications
Hardware Requirements
SECTION 1
GENERAL
INFORMATION
SECTION 2
PROGRAMMING
STATIONS
SECTION 3
ATTENDANT STATIONS
SECTION 4
PROGRAMMING FROM
A PC
System Hardware Manual
Chapter 3
The technician should be familiar with the Electra Elite 192 system before
attempting to install it. Review this chapter carefully.
Two programming positions are available in the Electra Elite 192 system.
Station equipment that is connected to the first ESI(8)-U10 ETU is
automatically set as a programming position that must have a display
Multiline Terminal.
An unlimited number of Attendant positions can be assigned in the Electra
Elite 192 system. An Attendant Position can have one to four
DCU-60-1(BK)/(WH) Consoles attached. Each Attendant Console must be
supported by an ESI(8)-U10 ETU. A maximum of four Attendant Consoles
can be installed in each Electra Elite 192 system.
Electra Elite 192 systems can be programmed using a personal computer.
The Menu Programming option available with PC Programming allows the
technician/end-user easy access to all information that can be
programmed on the Electra Elite 192 system. The PC must be a 486 or
higher and have Windows 95 or higher to be compatible with the Electra
Elite 192 system.
3-1
Issue 6
SECTION 5
PROGRAMMING FROM
A MULTILINE TERMINAL
Electra Elite
Programming for the Electra Elite 192 system is accomplished through PC
Programming. As an added convenience, programming for the system can
be accomplished using Electra Elite or Electra Professional Multiline
Terminals with LCD. Multiline Terminal programming should be used after
the system is installed and any initial assignments are made. Using the
Multiline Terminal provides a quick way to access system data and make
changes to data items. To program from a Multiline Terminal one of the
following terminals is required.
SECTION 6
ELECTRA ELITE
REMOTE PC
PROGRAMMING
DTP-8D-1(BK)/(WH) TEL
DTU-8D-2(BK)/(WH) TEL
DTP-16D-1(BK)/(WH) TEL
DTU-16D-2(BK)/(WH) TEL
DTP-32D-1(BK)/(WH) TEL
DTU-32D-2(BK)/(WH) TEL
ETW-16DC-1/2(BK)/(SW) TEL
ETW-16DD-1/2(BK)/(SW) TEL
ETW-24DS-1/2(BK)/(SW) TEL
The Electra Elite 192 system can be programmed from a remote location
using a personal computer.
6.1
Remote Programming
To provide remote programming the following hardware is required:
3-2
Analog CO Trunk or system SLT Port (not needed if the
optional internal modem is used)
Straight RS-232C cable and adapter (provided with the
MIFM-U10 ETU) cable to connect a locally provided modem
(not needed if the optional internal modem is used)
MIFM-U10 ETU installed in the Electra Elite 192 system
Hardware Requirements
Electra Elite
SECTION 7
DETERMINING
REQUIRED EQUIPMENT
Issue 6
To determine equipment type and quantity to be installed, the technician
must be familiar with available station equipment and interface ETUs.
7.1
Station Equipment
The station equipment that can be installed with the Electra Elite
192 system is listed below.
Equipment
System Hardware Manual
Description
DBM(B)-U10 Box
Basic Message Display Board
with 8 LEDs
DBM(E)-U10 Box
Expansion Message Display
Board with 8 LEDs
DCU-60-1(BK)/(WH)
CONSOLE
Attendant Console with 60
programmable line keys
DTP-2DT-1(WH) TEL
2-line digital Multiline Terminal
without LCD
DTP-8-1(BK)/(WH) TEL
DTU-8-1(BK)/(WH) TEL
8-line digital Multiline Terminal
without LCD
DTP-8D-1(BK)/(WH) TEL
DTU-8D-2(BK)/(WH) TEL
8-line digital Multiline Terminal
with LCD and softkeys
DTP-16-1(BK)/(WH) TEL
DTU-16-1(BK)/(WH) TEL
16-line digital Multiline Terminal
without LCD
DTP-16D-1(BK)/(WH) TEL
DTU-16D-2(BK)/(WH) TEL
16-line digital Multiline Terminal
with LCD and softkeys
DTP-16HC-1(BK) TEL
16-line digital stand alone
terminal with direct connection
to a single port on the
ESI(8)-U10 ETU
DTP-32-1(BK)/(WH) TEL
DTU-32-1(BK)/(WH) TEL
32-line digital Multiline Terminal
without LCD
DTP-32D-1(BK)/(WH) TEL
DTU-32D-2(BK)/(WH) TEL
32-line digital Multiline Terminal
with LCD and softkeys
DTR-1R-1(BK) TEL
Dterm Multiline Cordless
Telephone without LCD
DTR-4R-1(BK) TEL
Dterm Multiline Cordless
Telephone with LCD
3-3
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Equipment
7.2
Description
DTU-4R-1(BK) TEL
Multiline Cordless Telephone
with LCD
ETW-8-1/2(BK)/(SW) TEL
8-line Multiline Terminal without
LCD
ETW-16DC-1/2(BK)/(SW) TEL
16-line Multiline Terminal with
LCD
ETW-16DD-1/2(BK)/(SW) TEL
16-line Multiline Terminal with
LCD
ETW-24DS-1/2(BK)/(SW) TEL
24-line Multiline Terminal with
LCD
ETW-4R-1(BK) TEL
Multiline Cordless Telephone
with LCD
EDW-48-1/2(BK)/(SW) DSS/
BLF
48-line DSS/BLF or outside
lines with 12 function keys.
SLT(1)-U10 ADP
Single Line Telephone interface
Adapter
Interface ETUs
The slots in the Electra Elite 192 KSUs are flexible except for the
first slot in each KSU that is reserved for the CPU( )-U10 ETU or
EXP-U10 ETU. Figure 3-1 Interface Slot and System Port Numbers
for an Electra Elite System shows the slot and port numbers.
The MIFA-U10 ETU must be installed in the ISA slot for MIS to
work.
The MIFA-U10 ETU with KMA(1.0)U must be installed in the ISA
slot for ACD to work.
MIFM-U10 ETU must be installed in S1 or S2 for the internal
socket modem to work. It can be installed in the ISA slot or S1/S2 if
a locally provided external modem is used.
The MIFM-U10 ETU with KMM(1.0)U must be installed in the ISA,
S1, or S2 slot for LCR and Caller ID scrolling and dialing to work.
3-4
Hardware Requirements
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Basic and Expansion KSUs for CPUB-U10 ETU
EXP
(KSU2)
EXP
(KSU1)
(BASIC
KSU)
ISA
BUS
SLOT
136
144
152
160
168
176
184
192
135
143
151
159
167
175
183
191
134
142
150
158
166
174
182
190
133
141
149
157
165
173
181
189
132
140
148
156
164
172
180
188
131
139
147
155
163
171
179
187
130
138
146
154
162
170
178
186
129
137
145
153
161
169
177
185
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
S8
72
80
88
96
104
112
120
128
71
79
87
95
103
111
119
127
70
78
86
94
102
110
118
126
69
77
85
93
101
109
117
125
68
76
84
92
100
108
116
124
67
75
83
91
99
107
115
123
66
74
82
90
98
106
114
122
65
73
81
89
97
105
113
121
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
S8
8
16
24
32
40
48
56
64
7
15
23
31
39
47
55
63
6
14
22
30
38
46
54
62
5
13
21
29
37
45
53
61
4
12
20
28
36
44
52
60
3
11
19
27
35
43
51
59
2
10
18
26
34
42
50
58
1
9
17
25
33
41
49
57
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
S8
Figure 3-1 Interface Slot and System Port Numbers for an Electra Elite System
System Hardware Manual
3-5
Issue 6
Electra Elite
7.2.1
Determining Telephone and CO Port Numbers
Telephone and CO Ports numbers are provided with the
Electra Elite 192 system to count the station numbers and
trunk numbers when programming System Data. The
example below indicates how the CO and trunk numbers
can be used.
The following ETUs are installed for the Figure 3-2
Telephone and CO Port Numbering Example.
Slot
ETU
S1
DTI-U10 (16 channels used)
S2
Open
S3
ESI(8)-U10
S4
TLI(2)-U10
S5
COI(8)-U10
S6
SLI(8)-U10
S7
DID(4)-U10
S8
Open
CO
Ports
1~8
Open
CO
Ports
9~
16
Telephone
Ports
1~8
CO
Ports
17 ~ 18
CO
Ports
19 ~ 26
Telephone
Ports
9 ~ 16
CO
Ports
27~ 30
Open
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
S8
Figure 3-2 Telephone and CO Port Numbering Example
3-6
Hardware Requirements
Electra Elite
Issue 6
7.2.2
Determining the Number of Required Interface ETUs
Table 3-1 Number of Required Interface ETUs lists each
feature and the associated hardware necessary for the
operation of the feature.
Table 3-1 Number of Required Interface ETUs
Required
ETU
Feature
Required
Feature Key
Maximum
ETUs per
System
)
MIFM-U10
KMM(1.0)U
1
Automatic Call Distribution
MIFA-U10
KMA(1.0)U
1
Least Cost Routing
MIFM-U10
KMM(1.0)U
1
PC Programming
MIFM-U10
None
1
SMDR
MIFM-U10
None
1
Uniform Call Distribution
MIFA-U10
None
1
Wireless Service Console (WSC) MIFM-U10
None
1
ANI/Caller ID (Refer to
The Caller ID feature works without the MIFM-U10 ETU. However, the
Caller ID scrolling and dialing both require the MIFM-U10 ETU with
KMM(1.0)U attached.
7.2.3
PBR Requirements
The Electra Elite 192 system has four built-in Push Button
Receiver (PBR) circuits on the CPUB( )-U10 ETU. The
PBR circuit detects and translates DTMF tones generated
by Single Line Telephones, facsimile machines, modems,
or analog voice mail ports. Incoming DTMF signals can
also be detected from a CO trunk using the DISA feature.
The system Auto Attendant feature and DISA feature
must use the CPUB( )-U10 ETU PBR circuits.
An optional PBR( )-U10 ETU that provides an additional
four circuits can be installed. The number of PBR( )-U10
ETUs needed depends on the number of Single Line
Telephones, facsimile machines, modems, and analog
voice mail ports needed. Automated Attendant and DISA
trunks connected to the system must also be considered.
System Hardware Manual
When the optional PBR( )-U10 ETU is installed, these
PBR circuits can be used only. for SLI ports connected to
the system.
3-7
Issue 6
Electra Elite
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
3-8
Hardware Requirements
Chapter 4
Installing KSUs
SECTION 1
GENERAL
INFORMATION
SECTION 2
SITE PREPARATION
AND MDF/IDF
CONSTRUCTION
This chapter contains the necessary information to help the technician
install the KSUs for the Electra Elite 192 system. The technician should be
familiar with this section before installing any equipment.
Preinstallation planning is essential. Advanced planning minimizes
installation time, cost, and disruption of the customer business activities.
2.1
Precautionary Information
Observe the following warnings during installation.
2.2
1.
Never install telephone wiring during a lightning storm.
2.
Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack
is specifically designed for wet locations.
3.
Never touch uninsulated telephone wires or terminals unless
the telephone line is disconnected at the network interface.
4.
Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines.
Surveying the Customer Site
In most cases, a survey of the customer site is necessary to
determine the proper placement of the Main Distribution Frame
(MDF), the exact dimensions of the area selected for the MDF,
cabling requirements, and possible Intermediate Distribution Frame
(IDF) locations.
System Hardware Manual
4-1
Issue 6
Electra Elite
The information obtained at the customer site can permit the
installer to partially assemble the MDF before installation at the
customer premise. This can help reduce the time spent installing at
the customer site to reduce downtime.
2.3
Selecting the Best Location for Proper Installation
2.3.1
Selecting the KSU Installation Site
When a site is selected for the installation of the KSU,
consider the following conditions to ensure proper
installation.
4-2
KSUs are normally wall mounted to protect against
accident or flooding.
The KSU should not be located directly beneath
pipes. Leaks or condensation could damage the
Electra Elite system equipment.
The area where the KSU is located must be free of
corrosive and inflammable gases, excessive
chemical or industrial dusts, and other materials that
could cause a hazard to personnel or to the proper
functioning of the equipment.
The operating ambient temperature and humidity
must be within the limits specified in 4.2.2
Environmental Conditions in Chapter 2 System
Specifications.
The operation of the system is virtually noiseless
and allows wide selection of installation sites. Take
care to ensure the KSUs do not present a hazard to
office traffic. To minimize cabling costs, a
centralized location must be chosen.
Locate the KSU at a site where a dedicated AC
power source is readily available.
Connect the KSU only to a dedicated AC
receptacle that is not being used for any other
device such as a computer, copier, or facsimile
machine.
Installing KSUs
Electra Elite
Issue 6
2.3.2
Selecting a Permanent MDF Location
When selecting a permanent site for the MDF, the
technician may encounter some of the following
conditions.
2.3.3
Limited space is available but must be used.
The available space may pose one or more
environmental hazards.
The proposed location has limitations such as
insufficient lighting or the lack of a suitable ground
for the KSUs.
The technician that encounters these conditions
must provide the best possible solution for installing
the equipment. This document cannot cover all
possible situations, precautions, and actions.
Selecting a Site for Installing the Telephones
When a site is selected for telephone installation,
consider the following conditions to ensure proper
installation.
2.4
Ensure that the cable length and line resistance
(loop), between the KSU and the telephones,
comply with the specifications show in Table 2-3
Multiline Terminal Loop Resistance and Cable
Length.
Select a place where devices that require an
external power supply can be easily connected to
an AC outlet.
Constructing the Main Distribution Frame (MDF)
The Main Distribution Frame (MDF) consists of two different
standard quick-connect terminal blocks that are mounted on a 3/4”
plywood backboard. Mounting these blocks on standoffs for ease of
access is recommended. The recommended blocks are 66B50 for
termination of the MDF Cable Assembly and 66M50 for termination
of the station cables.
The Intermediate Distribution Frame (IDF) requires the 66M50
blocks only.
System Hardware Manual
4-3
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Both the MDF and the IDF use standard bridging clips for each
terminal block. The bridging clips mate the left half of the terminal
block (terminated cable run) to the right half of the terminal block
(crossconnection wire) to the terminal block (crossconnection wire).
The bridging clips are also useful during troubleshooting to help
isolate the cable runs and terminals/telephones from the central
equipment and the Central Office Network from the system. Refer
to Figure 4-1 Typical Full MDF Layout.
66B50
Type
66M50
Type
Telco
RJ21X
4 Feet
3 Feet
Figure 4-1 Typical Full MDF Layout
The Electra Elite 192 KSU is connected to each of the Multiline
Terminals, Single Line Telephones, optional equipment, CO/PBX,
DID, ISDN, 4-wire E&M Tie lines (Types I and V), and FT1 digital
trunks by separate twisted-pair cable through the MDF. The 4-wire
E&M Tie lines, FT1 lines, and ISDN lines require multiple
twisted-pair cabling. Table 4-1 MDF Cable Connections provides
the necessary cabling information.
4-4
Installing KSUs
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Table 4-1 MDF Cable Connections
MDF
Pin
N0.
Station Station
Running
Cable
Cable
Cable
DTU
ETW
ESI
SLI
(8)
SLI
(4)
OPX
COI/
COID
(8)
COI
COIB
or
COID
(4)
DID
TLI
DTI/
BRT
PRT
ECR
DPH
BSU
EP
Zone 3
DP
1
ZT II
EP
Zone 2
DP
2
EP
Zone 1
DP
3
Night
Chime
DP
4
First ETU
26
WH–BL
GN
BK
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
GND
TA
TA-1
1
BL–WH
RD
YL
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
—
TB
TB-1
27
WH–OR
GN
BK
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
E-1
RA
RA-1
2
OR–WH
RD
YL
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
M-1
RB
RB-1
28
WH–GN
GN
BK
T
T
T
—
T
T
T
T-1
—
TA-2
3
GN–WH
RD
YL
R
R
R
—
R
R
R
R-1
—
TB-2
29
WH–BR
GN
BK
T
T
T
—
T
T
T
T1-1
—
RA-2
4
BR–WH
RD
YL
R
R
R
—
R
R
R
R1-1
—
RB-2
30
WH–SL
GN
BK
T
T
—
—
T
—
—
GND
—
TA-3
5
SL–WH
RD
YL
R
R
—
—
R
—
—
—
—
TB-3
31
RD—BL
GN
BK
T
T
—
—
T
—
—
E-2
—
RA-3
6
BL–RD
RD
YL
R
R
—
—
R
—
—
M-2
—
RB-3
32
RD-OR
GN
BK
T
T
—
—
T
—
—
T-2
—
TA-4
7
OR–RD
RD
YL
R
R
—
—
R
—
—
R-2
—
TB-4
33
RD–GN
GN
BK
T
T
—
—
T
—
T1-2
—
RA-4
—
R1-2
—
RB-4
Fax
Brnch
8
GN–RD
RD
System Hardware Manual
YL
R
R
—
—
R
1
ZT II
2
External
Tone
DLR
Ringer
1
4
External
Tone
DLR
Ringer
2
3
External
Tone
DLR
Ringer
3
2
External
Tone
DLR
Ringer
4
1
4-5
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Table 4-1 MDF Cable Connections (Continued)
MDF
Pin
N0.
Running
Cable
Station Station
Cable
Cable
DTU
ETW
ESI
SLI
(8)
SLI
(4)
OPX
COI/
COID
(8)
COI
COIB
or
COID
(4)
DID
TLI
DTI/
BRT
PRT
ECR
DPH
EP
Zone 3
DP
1
EP
Zone 2
DP
2
EP
Zone 1
DP
3
Night
Chime
DP
4
BSU
Second ETU
—
34
RD–BR
GN
BK
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
GND
9
BR–RD
RD
YL
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
—
—
TB-1
35
RD–SL
GN
BK
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
E-1
—
RA-1
10
SL–RD
RD
YL
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
M-1
—
RB-1
36
BK–BL
GN
BK
T
T
T
—
T
T
T
T-1
—
TA-2
11
BL–BK
RD
YL
R
R
R
—
R
R
R
R-1
—
TB-2
37
BK–OR
GN
BK
T
T
T
—
T
T
T
T1-1
—
RA-2
12
OR–BK
RD
YL
R
R
R
—
R
R
R
R1-1
—
RB-2
38
BK–GN
GN
BK
T
T
—
—
T
—
—
GND
—
TA-3
13
GN–BK
RD
YL
R
R
—
—
R
—
—
—
—
TB-3
39
BK–BR
GN
BK
T
T
—
—
T
—
—
E-2
—
RA-3
14
BR–BK
RD
YL
R
R
—
—
R
—
—
M-2
—
RB-3
40
BK–SL
GN
BK
T
T
—
—
T
—
—
T-2
—
TA-4
15
SL–BK
RD
YL
R
R
—
—
R
—
—
R-2
—
TB-4
41
YL–BL
GN
BK
T
T
—
—
T
—
T1-2
—
RA-4
—
R1-2
—
RB-4
TA-1
Fax
Brnch
16
4-6
BL–YL
RD
YL
R
R
—
—
R
ZT II
1
ZT II
2
External
Tone
DLR
Ringer
1
4
External
Tone
DLR
Ringer
2
3
External
Tone
DLR
Ringer
3
2
External
Tone
DLR
Ringer
4
1
Installing KSUs
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Table 4-1 MDF Cable Connections (Continued)
MDF
Pin
N0.
Running
Cable
Station Station
Cable
Cable
DTU
ETW
ESI
SLI
(8)
SLI
(4)
OPX
COI/
COID
(8)
COI
COIB
or
COID
(4)
DID
TLI
T
T
GND
DTI/
BRT
PRT
ECR
DPH
BSU
DP
1
ZT II
1
Third ETU
42
YL–OR
GN
BK
T
T
T
T
T
—
TA-1
EP
Zone 3
17
OR–YL
RD
YL
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
—
—
TB-1
43
YL–GN
GN
BK
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
E-1
—
RA-1
18
GN–YL
RD
YL
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
M-1
—
RB-1
44
YL–BR
GN
BK
T
T
T
—
T
T
T
T-1
—
TA-2
19
BR–YL
RD
YL
R
R
R
—
R
R
R
R-1
—
TB-2
45
YL–SL
GN
BK
T
T
T
—
T
T
T
T1-1
—
RA-2
20
SL–YL
RD
YL
R
R
R
—
R
R
R
R1-1
—
RB-2
46
VI–BL
GN
Bk
T
T
—
—
T
—
—
GND
—
TA-3
21
BL–VI
RD
YL
R
R
—
—
R
—
—
—
—
TB-3
47
VI–OR
GN
BK
T
T
—
—
T
—
—
E-2
—
RA-3
22
OR–VI
RD
YL
R
R
—
—
R
—
—
M-2
—
RB-3
48
VI–GN
GN
BK
T
T
—
—
T
—
—
T-2
—
TA-4
23
GN–VI
RD
YL
R
R
—
—
R
—
—
R-2
—
TB-4
49
VI–BR
GN
BK
T
T
—
—
T
—
T1-2
—
RA-4
24
BR–VI
RD
YL
R
R
—
—
R
—
R1-2
—
RB-4
50
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
25
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Fax
Brnch
EP
Zone 2
DP
2
EP
Zone 1
DP
3
Night
Chime
DP
4
Ext
Ringer 4
DLR
1
Ext
Ringer 3
DLR
2
Ext
Ringer 2
DLR
3
Ext Tone
Ringer 1
DLR
4
ZT II
2
PFT circuits are only connected to AMP3.
AMP1 is connected to S1, S2, and S3.
AMP2 is connected to S4, S5, and S6.
AMP3 is connected to S7 and S8.
System Hardware Manual
4-7
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Table 4-2 MDF PFT Connections (J3 Onl y)
MDF Pin
Number
4-8
PFT
Connection
26
Not Used
Not Used
1
Not Used
Not Used
27
Not Used
Not Used
2
Not Used
Not Used
28
Not Used
Not Used
3
Not Used
Not Used
29
Not Used
Not Used
4
Not Used
Not Used
30
Not Used
Not Used
5
Not Used
Not Used
31
Not Used
Not Used
6
Not Used
Not Used
32
Not Used
Not Used
7
Not Used
Not Used
33
Not Used
Not Used
8
Not Used
Not Used
34
Not Used
Not Used
9
Not Used
Not Used
35
Not Used
Not Used
10
Not Used
Not Used
36
Not Used
Not Used
11
Not Used
Not Used
37
Not Used
Not Used
12
Not Used
Not Used
38
Not Used
Not Used
13
Not Used
Not Used
39
Not Used
Not Used
14
Not Used
Not Used
40
Not Used
Not Used
15
Not Used
Not Used
41
Not Used
Not Used
16
Not Used
Not Used
Installing KSUs
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Table 4-2 MDF PFT Connections (J3 Only) (Continued)
MDF Pin
Number
System Hardware Manual
PFT
Connection
42
PFT1 – CO
(Tip)
17
PFT1 – CO
(Ring)
43
PFT1 – SLI
(Tip)
18
PFT1 – SLI
(Ring)
44
PFT1 – SLT
(Tip)
19
PFT1 – SLT
(Ring)
45
PFT2 – CO
(Tip)
20
PFT2 – CO
(Ring)
46
PFT2 – SLI
(Tip)
21
PFT2 – SLI
(Ring)
47
PFT2 – SLT
(Tip)
22
PFT2 – SLT
(Ring)
48
PFT3 – CO
(Tip)
23
PFT3 – CO
(Ring)
49
PFT3 – SLI
(Tip)
24
PFT3 – SLI
(Ring)
50
PFT3 – SLT
(Tip)
25
PFT3 – SLT
(Ring)
POWER
FAILURE
TRANSFER
RELAY 1
(Amp 3
Connections
Only)
PFT circuits are only connected
to AMP3.
AMP1 is connected to S1, S2,
and S3.
AMP2 is connected to S4, S5,
and S6.
AMP3 is connected to S7 and
S8.
4-9
Issue 6
Electra Elite
2.5
Power Failure Transfer
The Power Failure Transfer relay is located in the KSU. When
selecting a Single Line Telephone for power failure transfer, make
sure it matches the CO line dialing type (10 pps, 20 pps, or DTMF)
where it is connected. A Single Line Telephone with a ground
button must be used with Ground Start Trunks. Figure 4-2 Power
Failure Transfer Connections is a relay diagram. The relay is shown
with the power ON.
T
E
L
C
O
M
D
F
M Tip
D
F
SLT
Tip
Ring
C
O
I
3 PFT Circuits for each B64-U10 KTU
Relay 1
S
L
I
Ring
Figure 4-2 Power Failure Transfer Connections
4 - 10
Installing KSUs
Electra Elite
Issue 6
2.6
Fax CO Branch Connection
This connection is made via the fourth port on any COI(4)-U10,
COIB(4)-U10, or COID(4)-U10 ETU. Refer to Figure 4-3 Fax CO
Branch Connection. The facsimile machine is connected to the
eighth port for the specified slot where the COI(4)-U10, COIB(4)U10, or COID(4)-U10 ETU is installed.
Demark
T1
R1
T2
R2
T3
R3
T4
R4
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
CO
T8
R8
FAX
RJ-11
Figure 4-3 Fax CO Branch Connection
SECTION 3
INSTALLING BASIC
AND EXPANSION
KSUS
The compact design of the Electra Elite 192 KSU provides easy
installation. The KSUs can be floor mounted or wall mounted. Only the
Basic KSU can be floor mounted. The floor mounting option is for
demonstration purposes only. The information in this section provides
detailed instructions for installing the KSU.
Before installing the system; observe the following
precautions.
System Hardware Manual
Before beginning installation, ensure that the Power Supply
Unit (PSU) is OFF and that the power cord is disconnected
from the AC outlet.
Do not touch the soldered surfaces of the ETUs.
4 - 11
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.1
General Information
3.1.1
Basic KSU
The B64-U10 KSU provides service for outside lines,
Attendant Consoles, and interconnection of the station
terminals. The B64-U10 KSU provides 64 ports and has
two fixed and eight flexible slots. The first fixed slot is
reserved for the CPUB( )-U10 ETU in the basic KSU or for
the EXP-U10 ETU in expansion KSUs. The second fixed
slot is for the MIFA-U10 or MIFM-U10 ETU. A Power
Supply Unit (P64-U10 PSU) and backup batteries are
provided with the basic KSU.
3.1.2
Expansion KSUs
The B64-U10 KSU is also used as the expansion unit that
can be attached to the basic KSU to provide an additional
64 ports. Two expansion units can be added to the Electra
Elite 192 system, providing a maximum of 192 ports. Each
expansion KSU provides eight flexible slots and
accommodates 8-channel interface cards. A Power Supply
Unit (P64-U10 PSU) and backup batteries are included with
each expansion unit.
The installation instructions provided in this chapter apply
to the basic B64-U10 KSU and the expansion B64-U10
KSUs unless otherwise specified.
3.2
Removing the KSU Cover
To access the battery, cables, and ETU slots, the front cover must
be removed.
1.
4 - 12
Loosen the screw that is located near the ON/OFF switch, on
the right side of the KSU. Do not remove screw from the unit.
Installing KSUs
Electra Elite
Issue 6
2.
To remove the front panel, slide it to the right and pull.
Figure 4-4 Removing the Front Panel of the KSU
3.3
Installing a Front Cover Extender (FCE-U10 Unit)
When installing a VDH2(8)-U10 ETU, a Front Cover Extender is
required to allow for the cabling.
Figure 4-5 Front Cover Extender (FCE-U10 Unit)
System Hardware Manual
4 - 13
Issue 6
Electra Elite
1.
Install the ETU in the KSU and connect the applicable cables.
When installing a VDH2(8)-U10 ETU, install the cable clamp
on the KSU frame as shown in Figure 4-6 Mounting the Cable
Clamp on the KSU Frame.
Figure 4-6 Mounting the Cable Clamp on the KSU Frame
2.
Attach the sponge (provided) to the inner surface of the
clamp lining and close the clamp over the cables as shown in
Figure 4-7 Attaching the Sponge to the Clamp.
Sponge
Figure 4-7 Attaching the Sponge to the Clamp
4 - 14
Installing KSUs
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.
Place the hooks at the top of the cover (previously removed)
into the hangers on the extender and slide left to engage.
Attach the front cover to the front cover extender using the
two screws. Refer to Figure 4-8 Attaching the Front Cover
and Front Cover Extender.
Figure 4-8 Attaching the Front Cover and Front Cover Extender
4.
System Hardware Manual
To install the front cover and front cover extender on the
KSU, place the hooks at the top of the front extender in the
KSU slots and slide left to engage. Install the provided screw.
Refer to Figure 4-9 Attaching the Front Cover and the Front
Cover Extender to the KSU.
4 - 15
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Figure 4-9 Attaching the Front Cover and the Front Cover
Extender to the KSU
3.4
Securing Cables Using the Velcro Strap
Amphenol cables attached to the side of the KSU can be secured
using the provided velcro strap. When wall mounting, this should be
done prior to attaching the KSU to the wall mount bracket.
1.
Thread the velcro strap through the hook on the back side of
the KSU.
Figure 4-10 Threading the Velcro Strap Through the Hook on
the KSU
4 - 16
Installing KSUs
Electra Elite
Issue 6
2.
To install Expansion KSUs, use the Expansion Cable
(included with the EXP-U10 ETU) to connect the
CPUB( )-U10 ETU to the Expansion ETU. Secure the
Expansion Cable to the KSU Frame using tie wraps. To only
install a basic KSU, proceed to the next step.
Tie Wraps
Tie Wraps
Figure 4-11 Connecting the Expansion Cable
3.
When one or two amphenol cables are attached to the KSU,
the velcro strap can be threaded around the cable and
through the hooks.
Figure 4-12 Threading the Velcro Strap to Secure One or Two
Amphenol Cables
System Hardware Manual
4 - 17
Issue 6
Electra Elite
4.
When all three amphenol cables are used, the velcro strap is
threaded around the cables and attached to the KSU.
Figure 4-13 Threading the Velcro Strap to Secure Three
Amphenol Cables
3.5
Wall Mounting the Basic KSU
1.
Before wall mounting the KSU, Use the four (locally provided)
screws to attach the wall mount bracket to the wall as shown
in Figure 4-14 Attaching the Wall Mount Bracket.
Figure 4-14 Attaching the Wall Mount Bracket
4 - 18
Installing KSUs
Electra Elite
Issue 6
2.
After the bracket is mounted to the wall, peel off the spacer
backing. Place and adhere the spacer to the position shown
in Figure 4-15 Attaching the Wall Mount Bracket with Spacer.
2.17 in.
Spacer
.
2.56 in
Figure 4-15 Attaching the Wall Mount Bracket with Spacer
3.
System Hardware Manual
Hang the KSU on the two hooks protruding from the wall
mount bracket as shown in Figure 4-16 Hanging the Basic
KSU on the Bracket.
4 - 19
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Figure 4-16 Hanging the Basic KSU on the Bracket
4.
Secure the KSU to the wall by placing a screw (locally
provided) and washer into the hole in the center of the wall
mount bracket as shown in Figure 4-17 Securing the Basic
KSU to the Wall.
Figure 4-17 Securing the Basic KSU to the Wall
4 - 20
Installing KSUs
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.6
Wall Mounting the Expansion KSU
1.
Fit the bottom of the Expansion Wall Mount Bracket to the top
of the Basic Wall Mount Bracket. Refer to Figure 4-18
Attaching the Expansion Wall Mount Bracket to the Basic
Wall Mount Bracket.
Figure 4-18 Attaching the Expansion Wall Mount Bracket
to the Basic Wall Mount Bracket
System Hardware Manual
2.
Hang the KSU on the two hooks protruding from the
expansion wall mount bracket as shown in Figure 4-16
Hanging the Basic KSU on the Bracket.
3.
To secure the KSU to the wall, install a screw (locally
provided) in the hole in the center of the wall mount bracket
as shown in Figure 4-24 Securing the KSU to the Floor
Mounting Bracket.
4 - 21
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.7
Rack Mounting the Basic KSU
1.
Mount the RAK-U10 Unit to the equipment rack using the six
provided screws. Refer to Figure 4-19 RAK-U10 Unit and
KSU. Use three screws on the right side (at 1, 2, and 3) and
three screws on the left side.
Wall Mount
Bracket
A
1
A1
KSU
2
3
RAK-U10 Unit
Figure 4-19 RAK-U10 Unit and KSU
2.
4 - 22
Mount the Wall Mount Bracket onto the RAK-U10 Unit using
the four provided screws. Install two screws in the upper
holes (at A) and two screws in the lower holes (at A1).
Installing KSUs
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.
After the bracket is mounted to the RAK-U10 Unit, hang the
KSU on the two hooks protruding from the Wall Mount
Bracket, as shown in Figure 4-20 Hanging the KSU on the
Bracket.
Hooks
KSU
Figure 4-20 Hanging the KSU on the Bracket
4.
Secure the KSU to the RAK-U10 Unit by installing a provided
screw into the KSU tab and bracket hole A2. Refer to Figure
4-21 Securing the KSU to the RAK-U10 Unit.
A2
Tab
KSU
Figure 4-21 Securing the KSU to the RAK-U10 Unit
System Hardware Manual
4 - 23
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.8
Rack Mounting the Expansion KSU
1.
Refer to Figure 4-22 Location for Rack Mounting the KSUs,
for the proper location of rack mounting the Basic KSU and
the Expansion KSUs.
C
C
C
C
C
2nd Exp.
KSU
B
B
B
B
B
1st Exp.
KSU
A
A
A
A
A
Basic
KSU
RAK-U10 Unit
Figure 4-22 Location for Rack Mounting the KSUs
4 - 24
2.
The Basic KSU is installed in the lower position of the rack
mounting bracket. The Basic KSU is secured using the five
threaded screw holes marked A.
3.
The 1st Expansion KSU is installed in the center position and
is secured using the five threaded screw holes marked B.
4.
The 2nd Expansion KSU is installed in the upper position and
is secured using the five threaded screw holes marked C.
Installing KSUs
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.9
Floor Mounting the Basic KSU
Only the B64-U10 KSU with no expansion KSU can be floor
mounted.
1.
Use the four locally provided screws to attach the floor mount
bracket to the floor.
2.
Slide the KSU over the four hooks protruding from the floor
mount bracket as shown in Figure 4-23 Floor Mounting the
Basic KSU.
Figure 4-23 Floor Mounting the Basic KSU
3.
System Hardware Manual
To secure the KSU to the floor mounting bracket, install the
two screws as indicated in Figure 4-24 Securing the KSU to
the Floor Mounting Bracket.
4 - 25
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Figure 4-24 Securing the KSU to the Floor
Mounting Bracket
3.10 Cable Routing
3.10.1
Connecting the Battery Expansion Cables on the KSU
1.
Use the DC Expansion Cable (included with the
EXP-U ETU) to connect the BATTERY EXT on the
Basic KSU to the BATTERY EXT of the Expansion
KSU.
Power Cable
Tie Wrap
Expansion Cable
Power Cable
FG Terminal
Figure 4-25 Connecting DC Expansion Cables
4 - 26
Installing KSUs
Electra Elite
Issue 6
2.
To connect an Expansion KSU, use the two screws
to attach the FG plate to the Basic and Expansion
KSUs. Refer to Figure 4-26 Attaching the Frame
Ground Plate. (When installing a second Expansion
KSU, another FG plate is required.)
FG Plate
Figure 4-26 Attaching the Frame Ground Plate
3.10.2
Grounding Requirements
The KSUs must be properly grounded. The Electra Elite
KSUs are provided with a typical AC third-wire ground. If
this ground is questionable, an alternative ground must
be provided.
1.
System Hardware Manual
Connect the grounding cable (green wire) to the
ground terminal on the right side of the Basic KSU.
The locally provided grounding cable AWG must be
greater than #16.
4 - 27
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Figure 4-27 KSU Grounding
4 - 28
2.
Provide a suitable ground inside of a building in
accordance with local telephone company
procedures.
3.
When no suitable ground is available, a ground rod
should be installed in accordance with the operating
procedures of the local telephone company.
Installing KSUs
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.11 Replacing the Power Supply Unit in the KSU
The Electra Elite 192 system has a P64-U10 PSU for each KSU.
The Power Supply Unit has a battery backup interface and accepts
117 Vac and outputs +5V and –24V to the system.
Before replacing the PSU, remove the defective PSU and
verify that the power cord on the replacement PSU is
unplugged.
3.11.1
Connecting the Power Supply Unit to the Basic KSU
1.
Connect the 8-wire cable from the PSU to the
connector on the backboard of the KSU.
Cable
Connections
Figure 4-28 Connecting Wires to the PSU
System Hardware Manual
4 - 29
Issue 6
Electra Elite
2.
Install the P64-U10 PSU into the bottom space of
the KSU and attach to the KSU using the two
provided screws.
Figure 4-29 Mounting the PSU onto the KSU
3.
Lead the KSU power cable through the clamp and
connect the PSU as shown in Figure 4-30
Connecting the PSU Power Cable to the Basic KSU.
Clamp
Clamp
FG Terminal
Clamp
Power Cable
Figure 4-30 Connecting the PSU Power Cable to the
Basic KSU
4 - 30
Installing KSUs
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.11.2
Connecting Battery Expansion Cables to the Expansion
KSU
1.
Lead the Battery Expansion Cables (included in the
Expansion KSU) through the clamps and tie them to
the KSU with a tie wrap on the expansion KSU.
Tie Wrap
Frame
Ground
Terminal
DC
Expansion
Cable
DC
Expansion
Cable
Figure 4-31 Connecting Battery Expansion Cables to the
Expansion KSU
2.
System Hardware Manual
When using two expansion KSUs, connect the PSU
of each expansion KSU with the Battery expansion
cables, lead the cables through the clamps, and tie
them with a tie wrap.
4 - 31
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.11.3
Fuse Replacement
For continued protection against risk of fire,
replace fuses with the same type and rating
originally installed.
1.
Turn off the power switch and remove the front
cover on the KSU. (Refer to Figure 4-4 Removing
the Front Panel of the KSU.)
2.
Pull out the drawer that holds the PSU and
disconnect the cable as shown in Figure 4-32
Removing the PSU from the KSU.
Cable
Connections
Figure 4-32 Removing the PSU from the KSU
4 - 32
Installing KSUs
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.
Replace the fuses as necessary and return the PSU
to the KSU. Fuse F1 is a 125V, 6A fuse for AC input.
Fuse F101 is a 125V, 6.0A fuse for DC input.
F101 (DC In)
F1 (AC In)
Figure 4-33 PSU Fuse Replacement
3.12 Installing Built-In and External Batteries in the KSU
3.12.1
Built-In Battery Installation
1.
Connect the two batteries in series as shown in
Figure 4-34 Connecting Built-In Batteries. The red
cord attaches to the red terminal and the black cord
attaches to the black terminal.
Be careful, and properly connect the
terminals of the batteries.
Figure 4-34 Connecting Built-In Batteries
System Hardware Manual
4 - 33
Issue 6
Electra Elite
2.
Install the batteries into the bottom space at the left
side the KSU. Refer to Figure 4-35 Placing the
Batteries into the KSU.
3.
Install the battery cover as illustrated in Figure 4-35
Placing the Batteries into the KSU.
Figure 4-35 Placing the Batteries into the KSU
4.
Connect the cable to the BATTERY INT connector
of the PSU as shown in Figure 4-36 Connecting the
Batteries to the Power Supply Unit.
Figure 4-36 Connecting the Batteries to the Power
Supply Unit
4 - 34
Installing KSUs
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.12.2
External Battery Installation
Batteries that are purchased locally can be connected to
the system as external batteries.
When installing external batteries, disconnect
the battery cable for the built-in batteries from
the BATTERY EXT connector of each KSU. When
the built-in batteries are connected with the
external batteries, a large charging current could
flow from the external batteries to the built-in
batteries and burn the battery cables.
3.12.2.1
Basic KSU
1.
Connect cabling to the external batteries
as shown in Figure 4-37 Connecting
Cables for External Batteries in the Basic
KSU.
Figure 4-37 Connecting Cables for External
Batteries in the Basic KSU
System Hardware Manual
4 - 35
Issue 6
Electra Elite
2.
Connect the external batteries to the
KSU in the location shown in Figure 4-38
Connecting the External Battery to the
Basic KSU. Connect the external battery
cable to the EXT connector on the PSU
of the Basic KSU. Bundle any extra
cabling together.
Figure 4-38 Connecting the External Battery
to the Basic KSU
3.
4 - 36
Route the cables through the clamps on
the KSU as shown in Figure 4-39
Threading the Cables through the
Clamps on the Basic KSU.
Installing KSUs
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Figure 4-39 Threading the Cables through the
Clamps on the Basic KSU
4.
Before putting the cover on the Basic
KSU, remove the knockout (indicated by
the arrow) with nippers. Refer to Figure
4-40 Removing the Knockout on the
Cover of the Basic KSU.
Figure 4-40 Removing the Knockout on the Cover
of the Basic KSU
System Hardware Manual
4 - 37
Issue 6
Electra Elite
5.
Lead the battery cables through the
knockout and secure the front cover on
the Basic KSU. Refer to Figure 4-41
Leading the Battery Cables out of the
Basic KSU.
Figure 4-41 Leading the Battery Cables out of
the Basic KSU
3.12.2.2
Expansion KSU
When connecting batteries to the Expansion
KSUs, connections that must also be made to
the Basic KSU are noted in the following
instructions. Although a 3-cabinet drawing is
not provided, the third KSU draws its external
battery power by connecting a cable to the
EXT connection of the second KSU. This
provides a daisy-chain connection between all
three KSUs.
1.
4 - 38
Connect cabling provided by NEC to the
external batteries as shown in Figure
4-37 Connecting Cables for External
Batteries in the Basic KSU.
Installing KSUs
Electra Elite
Issue 6
2.
Connect the external battery cable to the
EXT connector on the PSU of the Basic
KSU and the Expansion KSU as shown
in Figure 4-42 External Battery Cable
Installation. Bundle any extra cabling
together.
Connecting this cable to PSU
EXT connector solves voltage
drop problems.
To EXT
To
To EXT
EXT
To EXT
Figure 4-42 External Battery Cable Installation
System Hardware Manual
4 - 39
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.
Connect the battery cable that comes
from the Expansion KSU to the Basic
KSU to the EXT connector on the PSU of
the Basic KSU. Route the cables through
the clamps on the Basic and Expansion
KSUs as shown in Figure 4-43 Threading
the Cables through the Clamps on the
Basic and Expansion KSUs.
Figure 4-43 Threading the Cables through the
Clamps on the Basic and Expansion
KSUs
4 - 40
Installing KSUs
Electra Elite
Issue 6
4.
Connect the battery cable that comes
from the Basic KSU to the extra battery
connector of the battery cable above.
Before putting the covers on the Basic
and Expansion KSUs, remove the
knockouts (indicated by the arrows) with
nippers. On the Basic KSU, knockouts
must be removed from the top and the
bottom of the KSU cover. On the
Expansion KSU, only the bottom
knockout is removed.
Refer to Figure
4-44 Removing the Knockouts on the
Covers of Basic and Expansion KSUs.
Basic KSU
Expansion KSU
Figure 4-44 Removing the Knockouts on the
Covers of Basic and Expansion
KSUs
System Hardware Manual
4 - 41
Issue 6
Electra Elite
5.
Lead the battery cables through the
knockouts on the Basic and Expansion
KSUs and secure the front covers on the
KSUs. Refer to Figure 4-45 Leading the
Battery Cables out of the Basic and
Expansion KSUs.
Figure 4-45 Leading the Battery Cables out of
the Basic and Expansion KSUs
4 - 42
Installing KSUs
Installing Electronic
Telephone Units
SECTION 1
GENERAL
INFORMATION
Chapter 5
Each Electronic Telephone Unit (ETU) is installed in a slot in the Basic or
Expansion KSU.
The B64-U10 KSU has 10 slots that are divided into three categories.
CPU/EXP Slot
This is the first slot on the left in the KSU. A CPUB( )-U10 ETU must be
installed in this slot in the Basic KSU and an EXP-U10 ETU must be
installed in this slot in the Expansion KSU.
If the CPUB( )-U10 ETU is installed in slots S1~S8, it
will be damaged!
ISA/– Slot
This slot, the second slot in the KSU, is reserved for the MIFA-U10 or
MIFM-U10 ETU.
Do not install a CPU or EXP ETU in this slot in the Expansion KSU.
Interface Slots (S1~S8)
In the B64-U10 KSU, interface slots are physically located in slots 3~10
but are labeled S1~S8 on the KSU. All other interface ETUs can be
installed in any of these slots.
Slots S1 and S2 of the B64-U10 KSU are universal slots that support the
MIFA-U10 ETU or MIFM-U10 ETU.
This chapter describes each ETU and the installation procedures.
System Hardware Manual
5-1
Issue 6
SECTION 2
INSTALLATION
Electra Elite
2.1
Installation Precautions
Observe the following precautions when installing
the ETUs to avoid static electricity damage to
hardware or exposure to hazardous voltages.
The ETUs used in this system make extensive use of CMOS
technology that is very susceptible to static; therefore,
extreme care must be taken to avoid static discharge when
handling ETUs.
Make all switch setting changes on the ETU before inserting it
into the KSU.
When installed, the component side of all ETUs must face the
left side of the KSU. Ejector tabs are always on top. Refer to
Figure 5-1 Inserting the ETU into the KSU.
Figure 5-1 Inserting the ETU into the KSU
5-2
When carrying an ETU, keep it in a conductive polyethylene
bag to prevent damage due to static electricity.
When handling an ETU, the installer must wear a grounded
wrist strap to protect the ETU from static electricity.
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
When inserting or removing an ETU, be sure the wrist strap is
connected to the Frame Ground Terminal on the KSU.
ETU
KSU
Wrist
Strap
Frame
Ground
Terminal
Figure 5-2 Inserting or Removing ETUs from the KSU
When holding an ETU, do not touch the components or the
soldered surfaces with your bare hands. Place one hand
under the bottom corner of the ETU and with the other hand
hold the ejector tab (located in the top corner of the ETU).
Ejector
Tab
Figure 5-3 Handling an ETU
System Hardware Manual
5-3
Issue 6
Electra Elite
When setting switches on the ETU, wear a wrist strap and
stand on a grounded conductive work surface to avoid static
electricity.
ETU
Wrist
Strap
Grounded
Conductive
Surface
Figure 5-4 Safety Precautions when Setting Switches on an ETU
5-4
Do not touch the surface of the ETU. A small screw driver
can be used to change the switch settings when the installer
follows the recommended safety precautions.
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
2.2
Inserting an ETU into the KSU Slots
1.
To unlock the ETUs slots, move the slide bar to the left.
2.
Slide the ETU into the proper slot in the KSU.
3.
After the ETU is pushed all the way to the back of the KSU,
move the slide bar to the right to lock the ETU slots.
Figure 5-5 Sliding the ETU into the KSU Slot
System Hardware Manual
5-5
Issue 6
Electra Elite
2.3
Removing an ETU from the KSU
1.
To unlock the ETUs, move the slide bar to the left.
2.
Lift the ejector tab on the ETU and pull the ETU out of the slot.
Figure 5-6 Lifting the Ejector Tabs on the ETU
3.
5-6
To secure remaining ETUs, move slide bar to the right.
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
SECTION 3
COMMON CONTROL
UNITS
Issue 6
The Electronic Telephone units described in this section control the
common functions of the KSU.
3.1
CPUB( )-U10 ETU
3.1.1
Description
The CPUB( )-U10 ETU is the Central Processing Unit for
the system. This ETU has a Central Processing Unit and
a Microprocessing Unit and supports a maximum of 192
ports for the Electra Elite system.
A 32-bit microprocessor executes the programs stored on
the Flash ROM ICs of the MPU unit. This controls the
entire system when data is transferred to and from other
ETUs.
This ETU provides the following items:
System Hardware Manual
Time Division Switch (TDSW)
Static Random Access Memory (SRAM)
32-bit Processor
4-channel DTMF Receiver (PBR)
Sixteen 4-party Conference Circuits
Internal (digital music) Music-on-Hold source
External Music-on-Hold input (also used for station
background music)
Flash ROM
Call Progress and DTMF Tone Generator
Memory Backup Battery (Retains memory for
approximately 21 days)
Key Function (KF)/Multifunction (MF) Registration
5-7
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.1.2
Installation
Each system must have this ETU in the CPU/EXP slot of
the basic B64-U10 KSU. Each system has one
CPUB( )-U10 ETU. Refer to Figure 5-7 CPUB( )-U10
ETU.
If the CPUB( )-U10 ETU is installed in
slots S1~S8, it will be damaged!
Figure 5-7 CPUB( )-U10 ETU
5-8
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.1.3
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 5-1 CPUB( )-U10 ETU Default Switch
Settings.
Table 5-1 CPUB( )-U10 ETU Default Switch Setti ngs
SW1-1
SW1-2
Description
Off
Off
Normal Operation
On
Off
Flash ROM load from COM1 port
Off
On
Factory Test
On
On
Flash ROM load from EPROM
SW1-3
Description
Off
MF Mode
On
KF Mode
SW2
Description
Momentary Switch
System Reset
SW3-1
Description
On
System boot by EPROM
Off
System boot by Flash ROM
SW3-2
Description
N/A
Not Used
Pressing
service and
and
PressingSW2
SW2 interrupts
interrupts all
all service
causes
a
second
initialization.
Use
this
causes a second initialization. This
switch
onlyshould
as a lastnot
resort.
switch
be used in an
System Hardware Manual
5-9
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.1.4
Connectors
Before programming System Data, the battery must be
connected to CN4 to allow memory retention if a power
failure or brownout occurs. If a brownout or power failure
does occur, and the battery backup circuit is not activated,
System Data resets to the default values, all stations in
the system reset to the default values, and all data
programmed on individual stations is cleared.
When a CPUB( )-U10 ETU is installed in the system, the
clock/calendar must be set. This also applies when
battery backup fails for any reason.
When CPUB( )-U10 ETU is removed for long term
storage, disconnect the battery from CN4. This prevents
the battery from discharging completely. The fully charged
battery retains memory for approximately 21 days.
The CPUB( )-U10 ETU has the following connectors:
3.1.5
CN1
Connects to the backboard
CN2
Connects to the ISA-bus
CN3
Connects to CN2 on the EXP-U10 ETU via
the expansion cable
CN4
Connects to the memory backup battery
via the battery cable (factory installed)
CN5
Connects to CN1 of the CLKG-U10 Unit
CN6
Connects to CN2 of the CLKG-U10 Unit
LED Indications
LED1 indications are listed below.
Blinking Red
Normal Operation
Steady Red
Operation Stopped (power on)
Off
No Power
LED2 indications are listed below.
5 - 10
Steady Red
System Power On
Off
No Power
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.1.6
Replacing Memory Backup
The CPUB( )-U10 ETU provides memory backup for
approximately 21 days. The Ni-Cad battery should be
replaced about every two years.
3.2
1.
Remove the battery cable from CPUB( )-U10 ETU
CN4. Refer to Figure 5-7 CPUB( )-U10 ETU.
2.
Connect the cable from the new battery to CN4 on
the CPUB( )-U10 ETU.
3.
Turn off the KSU power.
4.
Remove the CPUB( )-U10 ETU from the slot in the
KSU.
5.
Using a suitable cutting tool, cut the tie wrap and
remove the old the battery.
6.
Fasten the new battery with a tie wrap.
7.
Install the CPUB( )-U10 ETU again.
8.
Turn on the KSU power.
CLKG-U10 Unit
3.2.1
Description
The CLKG-U10 Unit provides clock synchronization for
FT1 lines, ISDN-BRI lines, ISDN-PRI, and Wireless lines
that are connected to the system.
This unit works with the DTI-U10/20, BRT(4)-U10,
PRT(1)-U10/20, and BSU(2)-U10 ETUs and is
piggybacked on the CPUB ()-U10 ETU.
System Hardware Manual
5 - 11
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Figure 5-8 CLKG-U10 Unit
3.2.2
Installation
Only one CLKG-U10 Unit can be installed.
3.2.3
Connectors
The CLKG-U10 Unit has two connectors:
3.2.4
CN1
Connects to CN5 on the CPUB( )-U10 ETU
CN2
Connects to CN6 on the CPUB( )-U10 ETU
Switch Settings
Leave SW1 set to ISDN.PHS when ISDN/T1 or ISDN/T1
and Wireless trunks are installed.
When only Wireless trunks are installed, set SW1 to PHS.
5 - 12
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.3
EXP-U10 ETU
3.3.1
Description
The EXP-U10 ETU is the Expansion KSU Controller. This
ETU controls transmission between the CPUB( )-U10
ETU and the other ETUs installed in the expansion KSU if
it is installed.
Figure 5-9 EXP-U10 ETU
3.3.2
Installation
Turn system power off, and install the EXP-U10 ETU in
the CPU slot of the expansion KSU.
System Hardware Manual
5 - 13
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.3.3
Connectors
The EXP-U10 ETU has three connectors:
CN1
Connects to the backboard
CN2
Connected to CN3 on the CPUB( )-U10
ETU or CN3 on EXP-U10 ETU (installed in
the first expansion cabinet) using an
expansion cable
CN3
Connected to the CN2 on the EXP-U10
ETU installed in the third expansion
cabinet using the expansion cable
3.4
Not used when the EXP-U10 ETU is
installed in the last Expansion KSU.
KMA(1.0)U
3.4.1
Description
The KMA(1.0)U is a feature module that is installed on the
MIFA-U10 ETU to provide ACD with MIS.
3.4.2
Installation
Like all ICs, this unit has a notch on one side. Find the
notch on the IC6 silkscreen, and align the KMA(1.0)U so
the notches are on the same side before installing.
3.5
KMM(1.0)U
3.5.1
Description
The KMM(1.0)U is a feature module that is installed on the
MIFM-U10 ETU to provide LCR or Caller ID scrolling and
dialing features.
3.5.2
Installation
Like all ICs, this unit has a notch on one side. Find the
notch on the IC6 silkscreen, and align the KMM(1.0)U so
that the notches are on the same side before installing.
5 - 14
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.6
MIFA-U10 ETU
3.6.1
Description
The MIFA-U10 provides additional memory and
processing power to support UCD and ACD with MIS
features. UCD is standard with this ETU, but the ACD
with MIS requires a KMA(1.0)U to be installed on the
MIFA-U10 ETU.
Figure 5-10 MIFA-U10 ETU
3.6.2
Installation
Only one MIFA-U10 can be installed in the system. When
ACD MIS is used, the MIFA-U10 must be installed in the
ISA slot and have the KMA(1.0)U installed on it. The
MIFA-U10 ETU can be installed in the first or second IF
slot of the basic B-64 KSU if KMA(1.0)U is not installed.
System Hardware Manual
5 - 15
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.6.3
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 5-2 MIFA-U10 Default Switch Settings.
Table 5-2 MIFA-U10 Default Switch Settings
SW2-1
SW2-2
Off
Off
Normal Operation
On
Off
Factory Test
Off
On
Not Used
On
On
Flash ROM load from
EPROM
SW1
3.6.4
Description
Description
On
System boot by Flash ROM
Off
System boot by EPROM
LED Indications
LIVE LED indications are listed below.
Blinking Red
Normal Operation
Steady Red
Operation Stopped (power on)
Off
No Power
LED1 indications are listed below.
5 - 16
Steady Red
Problem while loading Flash
ROM from EPROM (when using
this mode)
Steady Red
LCR
PC
Programming
or
Programming is connected
Flashing Red
Loading
EPROM
from
Flash
ROM
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.6.5
Connectors
The MIFA-U10 ETU has four connectors:
CN1
Connects to the Backboard
CN2
Connects to the Backboard
CN3
Used to connect the ETU backup battery
during installation, and disconnect the
battery when storing the ETU
IC6
Socket for the optional KMA(1.0)U
The ACD MIS cable connects at the COM4, a standard
female RS-232C DCE port, on the KSU that contains the
MIFA-U10 ETU. A straight RS-232C cable is required.
System Hardware Manual
5 - 17
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.7
MIFM-U10 ETU
3.7.1
Description
This ETU provides additional memory and processing
power for PC Programming, Wireless activation, SMDR,
LCR, and ANI/Caller ID. PC Programming/Wireless
activation and SMDR are standard with this ETU. LCR
and Caller ID scrolling and dialing require the KMM(1.0)U
to be installed on the MIFM-U10 ETU.
When the MIFM-U10 ETU is installed in an IF slot (as
opposed to the ISA slot) the Modem Kit Unit can be
mounted on the MIFM-U10 ETU. This method is desirable
because the Modem Kit Unit does not require external
cabling analog ports.
The MIFM-U10 can be installed in the ISA slot or the first
or second IF slot in the basic B64 KSU.
Figure 5-11 MIFM-U10 ETU
3.7.2
Installation
Only one MIFM-U10 ETU can be installed in the system.
5 - 18
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.7.3
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 5-3 MIFM-U10 Default Switch Settings .
Table 5-3 MIFM-U10 Default Switch Settings
SW2-1
SW2-2
Off
Off
Normal Operation
On
Off
Factory Test
Off
On
Not Used
On
On
FROM (Flash ROM) load
from EPROM (Erasable
Programmable Read Only
Memory)
SW1
3.7.4
Description
Description
On
System boot by Flash ROM
Off
System boot by EPROM
LED Indications
LIVE LED indications are listed below.
Blinking Red
Normal Operation
Steady Red
Operation Stopped (power on)
Off
No power
LED1 indications are listed below.
System Hardware Manual
Steady Red
Problem while loading Flash
ROM from EPROM (when
using this mode)
Steady Red
PC Programming or LCR
Programming is connected
Flashing Red
Loading
EPROM
Flash
ROM
from
5 - 19
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.7.5
Connectors
The MIFM-U10 ETU has six connectors:
CN1
Connects to the Backboard
CN2
Connects to the Backboard
CN3
Used to connect the ETU backup
battery during installation
Always disconnect the battery
when storing the ETU.
CN4, CN5
Connectors for the optional Modem Kit
Unit
IC6
Socket for the optional KMM(1.0)U
SMDR and PC Programming connections are made (via
COM ports) on the side of the KSU that contains the
MIFM-U10 ETU.
COM1
PC/LCR/Wireless Programming
COM2
SMDR
Both COM ports are standard female RS-232C DCE
ports. A straight cable is required.
When an external modem is used, connect the modem to
COM1 port via the modem cable adapter. A straight
RS-232C cable is required.
3.8
Modem Kit Unit
3.8.1
Description
This optional modem mounts on the MIFM-U10 ETU or
PCT(S)-U10 Unit and does not require analog port
connection. The MIFM-U10 must be installed in IF slot S1
or S2 of the Basic KSU, in order for this on-board modem
to work.
3.8.2
Installation
The Modem Kit Unit pins and the pins of the CN4 and
CN5 socket are labeled. Align the Modem Kit Unit pins
before installing the unit. Installing it backward could
damage the Modem Kit Unit.
5 - 20
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
SECTION 4
TRUNK ETUS
Issue 6
The Electronic Telephone Units described in this section provides a link
between trunks in the Electra Elite 192 system and outside equipment. All
ETUs are installed in the interface slots of the KSU.
4.1
BRT(4)-U10 ETU
4.1.1
Description
The Basic Rate Trunk (BRT) Interface ETU terminates
ISDN Basic Rate Trunk lines and supports four ISDN-BRI
circuits. Each trunk supports two B channels. These
eight B channels can be used for CO trunks with DTMF
signaling. Tip and Ring electrical fuses are provided to
comply with UL 1459 requirements.
This ETU uses an S/T-type interface. When connecting to
a CO, a locally provided Network Termination unit (NT1)
is required. Caller ID is supported.
One BRT ETU provides a maximum of four ISDN circuits
that provide eight B channels to be used as trunks.
Figure 5-12 BRT(4)-U10 ETU
System Hardware Manual
5 - 21
Issue 6
Electra Elite
4.1.2
Installation
When a BRT(4)-U10 ETU is installed, a CLKG-U10 Unit
must be installed on the CPUB( )-U10 ETU.
A maximum of 8 BRT(4)-U10 ETUs can be installed in
slots S1~S4 in the basic or first expansion KSU in the
system.
4.1.3
Switch Settings
SW1 is the reset switch.
4.1.4
Jumpers
CN101 and CN102
Set the 100Ω termination to On or Off for Channel 1.
Jumper Pins 1 and 2 are shorted together at the
factory to turn on the 100 Ω terminal.
CN201 and CN202
Set the 100Ω termination to On or Off for Channel 2.
Jumper Pins 1 and 2 are shorted together at the
factory to turn on the 100 Ω terminal.
CN301 and CN302
Set the 100Ω termination to On or Off for Channel 3.
Jumper Pins 1 and 2 are shorted together at the
factory to turn on the 100 Ω terminal.
CN401 and CN402
4.1.5
Set the 100Ω termination to On or Off for Channel 4.
Jumper Pins 1 and 2 are shorted together at the
factory to turn on the 100 Ω terminal.
LED Indications
LED1 indications are listed below.
Blinking Red
Normal Operation
Steady Red
Operation Stopped
(power on)
Off
No Power
LED2 L1 Status for BRI CKT #1
5 - 22
Steady Red when L1 is working
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
LED3 L1 Status for BRI CKT #2
Steady Red when L1 is working
LED4 L1 Status for BRI CKT #3
Steady Red when L1 is working
LED5 L1 Status for BRI CKT #4
Steady Red when L1 is working
LED6
Steady Red when B1 or B2 is busy in Channel 1
LED7
Steady Red when B1 or B2 is busy in Channel 2
LED8
Steady Red when B1 or B2 is busy in Channel 3
LED9
Steady Red when B1 or B2 is busy in Channel 4
LED10
Steady Red when a communication error occurs, or
during self-diagnostics
This LED is normally off.
LED11 System Communication Indication
Steady Red when a communication error occurs, or
during self-diagnostics
4.1.6
This LED is normally off.
Connectors
The BRT ETU has one connector:
System Hardware Manual
CN1
Connects to the backboard
5 - 23
Issue 6
Electra Elite
4.1.7
Connections
MDF for BRI Card
TELCO
NT1
ST/4 Wire
Network
and CO U Interface / 2 Wire
NT1
ST/4 Wire
NT1
ST/4 Wire
NT1
ST/4 Wire
TA 1
TB 1
RA 1
RB 1
Channel 1
TA 2
TB 2
RA 2
RB 2
Channel 2
TA 3
TB 3
RA 3
RB 3
Channel 3
TA 4
TB 4
RA 4
RB 4
Channel 4
Figure 5-13 BRT(4)-U10 ETU Connections
5 - 24
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
4.2
COI(4)/(8)-U10 ETU
4.2.1
Description
The COI(4)/(8)-U10 ETU provides the Central Office
interface. The COI ETU contains circuitry for outside ring
detection, holding, dialing, and control functions.
This ETU can provide a CAMA trunk for Enhanced E911.
The COI(8)-U10 ETU provides identical circuits to serve
up to eight CO trunks that can be any combination of
Loop Start or Ground Start with DTMF signaling. The
COI(4)-U10 is for Loop Start trunks with DTMF signaling
only. ETU Tip and Ring electrical fuses are provided to
comply with UL 1459 requirements. Refer to Figure 5-14
COI(8)-U10 ETU.
Figure 5-14 COI(8)-U10 ETU
System Hardware Manual
5 - 25
Issue 6
Electra Elite
4.2.2
Installation
A maximum of 16/8 COI(4)/(8)-U10 ETUs can be installed
in any IF slot in the system, limited by 64 trunks.
4.2.3
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 5-4 COI(4)/(8)-U10 ETU Default Switch
Settings.
Table 5-4 COI(4)/(8)-U10 ETU Default Switch Settings
Switch
Setting
Description
SW1~8
Set according to the
line type.
Default Setting: LP
Switches between Loop Start (LP)
or Ground Start (GS) Trunks on
Lines 1~8 of COI(8)-U10 ETU.
SW1~4
LP only
Always LP for COI(4)-U10 ETU
N/A
Resets the COI ETU
Reset
4.2.4
LED Indications
Live LED indications are listed below.
Blinking Red
Normal Operation
Steady Red
Operation Stopped (power On)
Off
No Power
LEDs 1~8 (or 1~4) indications are listed below.
4.2.5
Steady Red
Lines 1~8 busy
Off
Lines 1~8 idle
Connectors
The COI( )-U10 ETU has one connector:
5 - 26
CN1
Connects to the backboard
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
4.2.6
Connections
MDF
MDF
T1
R1
T2
R2
T3
R3
T4
R4
Demark
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
CO
COI(4)-U10 Card
T1
R1
T2
R2
T3
R3
T4
R4
T5
R5
T6
R6
T7
R7
T8
R8
Demark
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
CO
COI(8)-U10 Card
Figure 5-15 COI(4)/(8)-U10 ETU Connections
System Hardware Manual
5 - 27
Issue 6
Electra Elite
4.3
COIB(4)-U10 ETU
4.3.1
Description
This ETU can function the same as the COI(4)-U10 or
COID(4)-U10 ETU to provide Central Office Interface.
When the ETU is set for COID mode, Loop Start trunks
and/or Caller ID trunks are supported. When the ETU is
set for COI mode, Loop Start or Ground Start is
supported. Caller ID is not supported in the COI mode.
Connections for Ground Start Trunks are polarity
sensitive.
This ETU contains circuitry for outside ring detection,
holding, dialing, and control functions. It can also
provide a CAMA trunk for E911.
When functioning as a COI(4)-U10 or COID(4)-U10 ETU
only DTMF signaling is supported. Tip and Ring electrical
fuses are provided to comply with UL 1459 requirements.
Refer to Figure 5-16 COIB(4)-U10 ETU.
Figure 5-16 COIB(4)-U10 ETU
5 - 28
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
4.3.2
Installation
In COI mode, a maximum of 16 COIB(4)-U10 ETUs can
be installed in any IF slot in the system limited by 64
trunks. When used for Caller ID trunks in COID mode it
must be installed in slots S1~S4 in the basic and first
expansion B64-U10 KSUs.
4.3.3
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 5-5 COIB(4)-U10 ETU Default Switch
Settings.
Table 5-5 COIB(4)-U10 ETU Default Switch Settings
Switch
Setting
Description
SW100
~400
Set for line type.
Default Setting: LP
Switches between Loop Start (LP)
or Ground Start (GS) Trunks.
S1
Open for COI
Shorted (default) for
COID
Selects the function for
COIB(4)-U10 ETU between COI
or COID mode
Reset
N/A
Resets the COIB(4)-U10 ETU
4.3.4
LED Indications
Live LED indications are listed below.
Blinking Red
Normal Operation
Steady Red
Operation Stopped (power On)
Off
No Power
LEDs 1~4 indications are listed below.
Steady Red
Channel busy
Off
Channel idle
FAX LED
System Hardware Manual
Steady Red
FAX busy
Off
FAX Idle
Switch SW400 must be set to Loop Start (LP) for
FAX CO Branch function to work.
5 - 29
Issue 6
Electra Elite
4.3.5
Connectors
The COIB(4)-U10 ETU has the following connectors:
4.3.6
CN1
Connects to the backboard
CN2
Future
CN3
Future
Connections
MDF
T1
R1
T2
R2
T3
R3
T4
R4
Demark
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
CO
COIB(4)-U10 ETU
Figure 5-17 COIB(4)-U10 Connections
5 - 30
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
4.4
COID(4)/(8)-U10 ETU
4.4.1
Description
The COID(4)/(8)-U10 ETU is the Central Office interface
for Caller ID Detection. This ETU provides circuitry for
outside ring detection, hold, dialing, Caller ID detection,
and control functions.
This ETU can provide a CAMA trunk for Enhanced 911.
The COID(4)/(8)-U10 ETU provides four/eight trunks that
are Loop Start with DTMF signaling only. Tip and Ring
electrical fuses are provided to comply with UL 1459
requirements.
Figure 5-18 COID(8)-U10 ETU
System Hardware Manual
5 - 31
Issue 6
Electra Elite
4.4.2
Installation
A maximum of 8 COID(4)/(8)U10 ETUs can be installed in
slots S1~S4 in the basic and first expansion B64-U10
KSUs.
4.4.3
Switch Settings
The RESET switch resets the unit.
4.4.4
LED Indications
Live LED indications are listed below.
Blinking Red
Normal Operation
Steady Red
Operation Stopped (power On)
Off
No Power
LED 1~8 (or 1~4) indications are listed below.
4.4.5
Steady Red
Lines 1~8 busy
Off
Lines 1~8 idle
Connectors
The COID( )-U10 has one connector:
4.4.6
CN1
Connects to the backboard
Connections
MDF
MDF
T1
R1
T2
R2
T3
R3
T4
R4
Demark
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
COID(4)-U10 Card
CO
T1
R1
T2
R2
T3
R3
T4
R4
T5
R5
T6
R6
T7
R7
T8
R8
Demark
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
CO
COID(8)-U10 Card
Figure 5-19 COID(4)/(8)-U10 ETU Connections
5 - 32
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
4.5
DID(4)-U10 ETU
4.5.1
Description
The DID(4)-U10 ETU is the interface for Direct Inward
Dialing lines and 2-way DID lines. This ETU provides a
maximum of four DID lines. Wink start, delay start,
immediate start, and second Dial Tone are
accommodated with this ETU. Dial Pulse and DTMF are
also supported. There are four built-in DTMF signal
detectors. Tip and Ring electrical fuses are provided to
comply with UL 1459 requirements.
Figure 5-20 DID(4)-U10 ETU
System Hardware Manual
5 - 33
Issue 6
Electra Elite
4.5.2
Installation
A maximum of 16 DID(4)-U10 ETUs can be installed in
slots S1~S8 in any system KSU.
4.5.3
LED Indications
Live LED indications are listed below.
Blinking Red
Normal Operation
Steady Red
Operation Stopped (power On)
Off
No Power
LED 1~4 indications are listed below.
4.5.4
Steady Red
Line busy
Off
Line idle
Connectors
The DID(4)-U10 ETU has one connector:
4.5.5
CN1
Connects to the backboard.
Connections
MDF
T1
R1
T2
R2
T3
R3
T4
R4
Demark
T
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
CO
Figure 5-21 DID(4)-U10 ETU Connections
5 - 34
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
4.6
DTI-U10/20 ETU
4.6.1
Description
The DTI-U10/20 ETU is a Digital Trunk Interface that
provides for the termination of FT1 (24 DS-0 channels)
trunks and supports Automatic Number indication (ANI)
on T1.
A combination of Loop Start and Ground Start signaling
can be used on the DTI-U10/20 ETU. DTMF, Dial Pulse
dialing, Tie line (E&M), and DID are supported. The
DTI-U10/20 ETU has 24 built-in DTMF detectors. Tip and
Ring electrical fuses are provided to comply with UL 1459
requirements.
Figure 5-22 DTI-U10/20 ETU
System Hardware Manual
5 - 35
Issue 6
Electra Elite
When its channels are assigned to ANI, the DTI-U10
supports Feature Group D incoming only signaling. The
DTI-U20 supports Feature Group D incoming MF/
outgoing DTMF signaling.
4.6.2
Installation
When a DTI-U10/20 ETU is installed, a CLKG-U10 Unit
must be installed on the CPUB( )-U10 ETU.
The DTI-U10/20 ETU (3 maximum) can be installed in slot
S1 or S4 of the B64-U10 KSU or Slot S1 of the first
expansion KSU in the system.
4.6.3
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 5-6 DTI-U10/20 ETU Default Switch
Settings.
Table 5-6 DTI-U10/20 ETU Default Switch Settings
Switch
5 - 36
Setting
Description
SW1–1
On:
Indicates alarm or
loopback status of the
channel
Off: Indicates channel is busy
or idle
Default: Off
Used to assign LED
Indications
SW1–2
On: Loopback on
Off: Loopback off
Default: Off
Switches Loopback on
and off
SW1–3
On:
DTE Loopback enabled
(Software Loopback
within the DTI ETU)
Off: Line Loopback enabled
(Loopback to CO)
Default: Off
Sets Loopback
SW1–4
On: Test Mode
Off: Normal Operation Mode
Default: Off
Switches between normal
operation mode and test
mode
SW1–5
N/A
N/A
SW1–6
N/A
N/A
SW2
N/A
Resets the DTI ETU
When SW1-2 is On, this
switch is active.
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
4.6.4
LED Indications
Live LED indications are listed below.
Blinking Red
Normal Operation
Steady Red
Operation Stopped (power On)
Off
No Power
When SW1–1 is OFF, LEDs 1~24 indicate the following:
LEDs 1~24
Channel Busy or idle
When SW1–1 is ON, LEDs 1~24 indicate the following:
(For a description of the alarms refer to 4.6.5 Alarm
Conditions.)
4.6.5
LED 1
LSA Alarm
LED 2
AIS Alarm
LED 3
OOF Alarm
LED 4
RAI Alarm
LED 5
CRC Alarm
LED 6
BPV Alarm
LED 7
SLIP Alarm
LED 8
N/A
LED 9
TSC Alarm
LED 10
ESA Alarm
LED 11
LOS Alarm
LEDs 12~16
N/A
LED 17
Line Loopback On
LED 18
DTE Loopback On
LEDs 19~24
N/A
Alarm Conditions
A brief description of each alarm is given below.
Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) Detection
When the system is receiving an Alarm Indication
Signal from an FT1 trunk, the LED is red.
System Hardware Manual
5 - 37
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Controlled Slip Event Detection (SLIP)
If the timing difference between a synchronous
receiving terminal and the received signal exceeds
the buffering ability of the terminal, the LED is red.
Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) Error Event
Detection
When a CRC Error occurs, the LED lights red.
Excessive Bipolar Violation (BPV) Detection
When excessive BPV is detected, the LED lights
red.
Line Synchronization Alarm (LSA) Detection
When an FT1 trunk loses frame synchronization, the
LED lights red.
Out-of-Frame (OOF) Condition Detection
When two of the four or five framing data bits
received are in error, the LED lights red.
Remote Alarm Indication (RAI) Detection
When RAl is received, the LED lights red.
4.6.6
Connectors
The DTI ETU-U10/20 has one connector:
4.6.7
CN1
Connects to the backboard
Connections
MDF
TA
TELCO
T1
Provider
CSU/DSU
TB
RA
RB
Figure 5-23 DTI-U10/20 ETU Connections
5 - 38
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
4.7
IPT(4)/(8)-U10 ETU
4.7.1
Description
The IP Gateway IPT(4)/(8)-U10 ETU is an optional
interface for the Electra Elite KSU that can combine
various trunk and Tie line calls into Gateway trunks.
This ETU can be assigned as a 2-port TLI(2)-U10, 4-port
DID(4)-U10/COI(4)-U10/COID(4)-U10 ETU, or 8-port
COI(8)/COID(8)-U10 ETU.
Figure 5-24 IPT(8)-U10 ETU
System Hardware Manual
5 - 39
Issue 6
Electra Elite
The IP Gateway trunk board has the following options:
Table 5-7 IP Gateway Options
Number of Ports
IPT(4)
IPT(8)
Installation Slot
Elite 48
Elite 192
#
Configuration
1
COI
4
8
S3~S7
2
COID
4
8
S3 or S4
S1~S4
3
DID
4
4
S3~S7
S1~S8
4
TLI
2
2
S3~S7
S1~S8
4.7.2
S1~S8
Installation
The Gateway ETU can be installed in KSU slots that
support the applicable ETU simulated.
The IPT(4)-U10 ETU is converted to IPT(8)-U10 by
installing daughter board IPE(4)-U10 Unit.
Refer to Elite IP Gateway Card Installation Manual.
4.7.3
LED Indications
HS
When Switch S1 is placed to PD, this LED lights red.
The IPT ETU starts shutdown. When shut down is
complete, this LED goes off along with all others to
indicate that the ETU can be removed from the KSU.
CH8~1
Indicates the status of associated channel or trunk
as in COID/DID as follows:
Trunk Status
COID LED
DID LED
Not Installed or Idle
Off
Off
Incoming
Off
On
Busy
On
On
Live
Flashes red when ETU is receiving power from the
KSU.
5 - 40
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Ethernet Status
Two built-in LEDs (one green and one yellow) on
the RJ-45 indicate Ethernet connection status. The
yellow LED is On when the Ethernet link is up. The
green LED flashes to indicate activity.
Status
This bi-color (red and green) LED shows status of
all Gateway trunks. When an error is detected, the
location is indicated by the following table.
Trunk Status
LED Condition
Error Location
Power On
Off
BIOS, Hardware
Start DSP download
Red
DSP Driver
Red and Green
DSP Download
Green
Application Load
DSP download OK
Successful Application
Start
4.7.4
IPT(4)-U10 to IPT(8)-U10 ETU Conversion
The IPE(4)-U10 Unit is attached to the IPT(4)-U10 ETU to
convert it to the IPT(8)-U10 ETU. This unit comes with
two attached standoffs with an extra screw in the bottom.
4.7.5
1.
Remove the screw from the bottom of each
standoff.
2.
Line up the IPE(4)-U10 Unit standoffs with Holes 1
and 2 and connector J1 with IPT(4)-U10 ETU
connector J5, and press down until the IPE(4)-U10
Unit is firmly attached to the IPT(4)-U10 ETU.
3.
Install the two previously removed screws through
holes 1 and 2 to Connect the standoffs to the
IPT(4)-U10 ETU.
Connectors
The IPT(4)/(8)-U10 ETU has two connectors:
System Hardware Manual
CN1
Connects to the backboard
RJ-45
Connects to the Ethernet
5 - 41
Issue 6
Electra Elite
4.7.6
Switch S1
Switch S1 must be in power down (PD) for ETU
installation, and placed in PU to activate the ETU. After
the ETU is activated, S1 is placed in PD to power down
the ETU for removal.
4.7.7
Connections
RJ-45
Connector
VoIP Trunk
Gateway
Trunk Card
Card
Ethernet
Figure 5-25 IPT(4)/(8)-U10 ETU Connections
5 - 42
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
4.8
PRT(1)-U10/20 ETU
4.8.1
Description
The PRT(1)-U10/20 ETU is a Digital Trunk Interface that
provides for the termination of an ISDN-PRI line for voice
service only.
The PRT(1)-U10/20 ETU supports AT&T 4ESS (Custom),
AT&T 5ESS (Lucent), DMS-100 (Custom or National
ISDN) and NI-2 protocols. Call-by-Call and Universal call
handling are also supported. Tip and Ring electrical fuses
are provided to comply with UL 1459 requirements.
Figure 5-26 PRT(1)-U10/20 ETU
System Hardware Manual
5 - 43
Issue 6
Electra Elite
4.8.2
Installation
When a PRT(1)-U10/20 ETU is installed, a CLKG-U10
Unit must be installed on the CPUB( )-U10 ETU.
The PRT(1)-U10/20 ETU (3 maximum) can be installed in
slots S1 and S4 of the basic B64-U10 KSU and Slot S1 of
the first expansion KSU in the system.
4.8.3
Switch Settings
SW1, a 4-position DIP switch, assigns the application.
Refer to Table 5-8 PRT(1)-U10/20 ETU SW1 Settings.
SW1-4 is not used and must be OFF.
Table 5-8 PRT(1)-U10/20 ETU SW1 Settings
*
SW1–1
SW1–2
SW1–3
SW1–4
Application
ON
ON
ON
OFF
NI-2
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
4ESS (AT&T Custom)
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
AT&T 5ESS (Lucent Custom)
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
DMS-100 (Custom) *
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
DMS-100 (National ISDN) **
Nortel Specification NIS-A211-1
** Nortel Specification NIS-A233-1
Switch SW2 is an 8-position rotary switch that can be set
even during operation. A small flat screwdriver can be
used to set positions as follows:
Position 0
Alarm Indications
Position 1
B Channels 01~12 Status Indication
using LEDs 1~12
Position 2
B Channels 13~23 Status Indication
using LEDs 1~12
Positions 3
CO Trunks 01~12 assigned to PRT ETU
Status Indication using LEDs 1~12
Positions 4
CO Trunks 13~23 assigned to PRT ETU
Status Indication using LEDs 1~12
Positions 5 & 6 Not Used
Position 7
5 - 44
Inspection Mode in production line
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
4.8.4
LED Indications
LIVE LED (LED 13) indications are listed below.
Blinking Red
Normal Operation
Steady Red
Operation Stopped (power On)
OFF
No Power
SW2 Position 0 LED Alarm Indications are as follows:
LED 1
Layer 1 Status
LED 2
SLIP (Controlled Slip Indication)
LED 3
RAI (Remote Alarm Indication)
LED 4
LOF (Loss of Frame)
LED 5
AIS (Alarm Indication Signal)
LED 6
CRC (Cyclic Redundancy Check
Error)
LED 7
Call Active
LEDs 8~12
Not Used
SW2 Position 1 LED Channel Busy Indications are as
follows:
System Hardware Manual
LED 1
Channel 1
LED 2
Channel 2
LED 3
Channel 3
LED 4
Channel 4
LED 5
Channel 5
LED 6
Channel 6
LED 7
Channel 7
LED 8
Channel 8
LED 9
Channel 9
LED 10
Channel 10
LED 11
Channel 11
LED 12
Channel 12
5 - 45
Issue 6
Electra Elite
SW2 Position 2 LED Channel Busy Indications are as
follows:
4.8.5
LED 1
Channel 13
LED 2
Channel 14
LED 3
Channel 15
LED 4
Channel 16
LED 5
Channel 17
LED 6
Channel 18
LED 7
Channel 19
LED 8
Channel 20
LED 9
Channel 21
LED 10
Channel 22
LED 11
Channel 23
LED 12
Not Used
Alarm Conditions
A brief description of each alarm condition referred to
under the SW2, position 0 alarm indications is given
below.
Layer 1 Status
LED Lights red when layer 1 is active. The LED is
off when layer 1 is inactive.
Controlled Slip indication (SLIP)
When the difference between the timing of a
synchronous receiving terminal and the received
signal exceeds the buffering ability of the
synchronous terminal, the LED lights red.
Remote Alarm Indication (RAI) Detection
When RAI is received the LED lights red.
Loss of Frame (LOF) Condition Detection
When two of the four or five framing data bits
received are in error, the LED lights red.
Alarm Indication Signal (AIS) Detection
When the system is receiving an Alarm Indication
Signal from a PRT trunk, the LED lights red.
5 - 46
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) Error Event
Detection
When a CRC Error occurs, the LED lights red.
Active Call
LED Lights red to indicate an active call.
4.8.6
Connectors
The PRT(1)-U10/20 ETU has two connectors:
4.8.7
CN1
Connects to the backboard
CN3
9-pin RS-232C
maintenance
connector
used for
Connections
MDF
TA
ISDN PRI
Provider
ISDN PRI
TB
CSU
RA
RB
The CSU may not always be required.
Figure 5-27PRT(1)-U10/20 ETU Connector
System Hardware Manual
5 - 47
Issue 6
Electra Elite
4.9
TLI(2)-U10 ETU
4.9.1
Description
CN1
The TLI(2)-U10 ETU provides for the termination and
operation of a maximum of two E&M Tie lines (4-wire,
Type I, or Type V, 10 pps or 20 pps, Dial Pulse, or DTMF).
Immediate Start, Delay Start, Wink Start, and second Dial
Tone signaling are also provided. The TLI(2)-U10 ETU
has two built-in DTMF signal detectors.
LED 3
LED 2
LED 1
TYPE V
TYPE V
SW101
TYPE I
SW201
TYPE I
Figure 5-28 TLI(2)-U10 ETU
4.9.2
Installation
A maximum of 16 TLI(2)-U10 ETUs can be installed in
Slots S1~S8 in any system KSU.
5 - 48
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
4.9.3
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 5-9 TLI(2)-U10 ETU Default Switch
Settings.
Table 5-9 TLI(2)-U10 ETU Default Switch Settings
4.9.4
Switch
Setting
Description
SW101
When lines provided by this unit
are used for back-to-back
connections, set to Type V.
When connection is to a Central
Office, set to Type I.
Default: Type V
Switch Type I
or Type V for
Line 1
SW201
When lines provided by this unit
are used for back-to-back
connections, set to Type V.
When connection is to a Central
Office, set to Type I.
Default: Type V
Switch Type I
or Type V for
Line 2
LED Indications
Live LED indications are listed below.
Blinking Red
Normal Operation
Steady Red
Operation Stopped (power On)
Off
No Power
CH 1 ~ CH 2 indications are listed below.
4.9.5
Steady Red
Lines 1~2 busy
Off
Lines 1~2 idle
Connectors
The TLI(2)-U10 ETU has one connector:
System Hardware Manual
CN1
Connects to the backboard
5 - 49
Issue 6
Electra Elite
4.9.6
Connections
Side A
Telco
E
M
T
T R
T
RR
Side B
MDF
E
M
T
R T
T
R
R
Figure 5-29 TLI(2)-U10 ETU Connections
5 - 50
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
SECTION 5
STATION ETUS
Issue 6
The station Electronic Telephone Units are installed in the interface slots of
the KSU.
5.1
CNF(8)-U10 ETU
5.1.1
Description
The Multiline Conference Bridge allows any intercom user
and any outside party calling to a port of the CNF(8)-U10
ETU to make a multiparty conference call. One 8-party
conference or two 4-party conferences are supported and
regulated by a switch setting.
Figure 5-30 CNF(8)-U10 ETU
5.1.2
Installation
Only two CNF(8)-U10 ETUs can be installed in slots S1~S8
in any KSU.
System Hardware Manual
5 - 51
Issue 6
Electra Elite
5.1.3
Switch Settings
Table 5-10 CNF(8)-U10 ETU Reset Switches
Switch
SW2
Setting
Description
Press to Reset
Host Reset Switch
Table 5-11 CNF(8)-U10 ETU Maximum Conference Time Switch
Switch
Setting
CTS
SW3-2
Max Conference Time
SW3-3
ON
ON
1 Hour
ON
OFF
2 Hour
OFF
ON
3 Hour
OFF
OFF
No Limit
Table 5-12 CNF(8)-U10 ETU Party Size Switch
Switch
5.1.4
5.1.5
Setting
Description
SW3-1
ON
1 Eight-Party Conference
SW3-1
OFF
2 Four-Party Conferences
LED Indications
Status
Flashing when active
Channel 0~7
Channel Busy Status
Connectors
This ETU has three connectors:
5 - 52
J1
Connects to the backboard
J2
Not currently used
J3
Nine-pin
RS-232C
maintenance
connector
for
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
5.2
CTI/VP(4)/(8)/(12)/(16)-U10 ETU
5.2.1
Description
The CTI/VP(4)/(8)/(12)/(16)-U10 ETU is a 4-, 8-, 12-, or
16-port Digital Voice Mail system that can support
TeLANophy, inbound or outbound faxing and Hospitality/
HVM applications.
The EliteMail VP cannot support TeLANophy or faxing
and Hospitality/HVM applications, but it can be upgraded
to EliteMail CTI when these features are required.
For a 4- or 8-port system, only one board is required. For
the 12- or 16-port system, the Daughter board is also
required.
This ETU is a PC platform, installed in the Electra Elite 48
system, that contains hard disk space for voice recording
storage and application software.
A digital signal
processor/voice processing section handles the following
functions:
DTMF detection/generation
General tone detection
FAX CNG tone detection
PCM compression for audio recording/playback
Automatic gain control
A serial port (direct connect speeds up to 115,200
bps) used for direct connection console
programming and backup/restore
A LAN port with an RJ-45 connector (activated only
with CTI)
Up to two fax ports (activated only with CTI)
A built-in modem for remote console programming
that supports up to 19.2 Kbps
Refer to Table 5-13 Configuration Support.
System Hardware Manual
5 - 53
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Table 5-13 Configuration Support
Function
Support
Applications
Automated Attendant/Voice Mail with call
forwarding (release transfer)
Automated Attendant/Voice Mail without call
forwarding (await answer transfer)
Voice Mail only (no transfer)
Call forwarding
Supported
Connections
Connects to backplane of the KSU
RJ-45 LAN connection
RJ-11 Modem connection
VGA connection for monitor support
PS2 Keyboard and Mouse connections
Hardware
One CTI/VP(4)/(8)/(12)/(16)-U10 ETU
Message Notification
Uses Message waiting lamps
Operator Console
100 (default)
Positive connect: Digital signal
Telephone
One of the following telephones is required to
program Electra Elite System data:
5 - 54
DTP-8D-1(BK)/WH) TEL
DTU-8D-2(BK)/(WH) TEL
DTP-16D-1(BK)/(WH) TEL
DTU-16D-2(BK)/(WH) TEL
DTP-32D-1(BK)/(WH) TEL
DTU-32D-2(BK)/(WH) TEL
ETW-16DC-1/2(BK)/(SW) TEL
ETW-16DD-1/2(BK)/(SW) TEL
ETW-24DS-1/2(BK)/(SW) TEL
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Figure 5-31 EliteMail CTI System Board
5.2.1.1
System Board Components
Refer to Table
Components.
5-14
System
Board
Table 5-14 System Board Componen ts
Item
System Hardware Manual
Description
A
Backplane connector
B
Switch SW2
Not used. Keep indicated default settings
C
Switch SW1
Not used. Keep indicated default settings
5 - 55
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Table 5-14 System Board Components (Continued)
Item
5 - 56
Description
D
Port Expansion Board (PEB) cable
E
Modem connector
F
Hard Drive (HD) LED
G
Universal Serial Bus (USB) connector
H
Local-Area Network (LAN) connector
I
Keyboard connector
J
Mouse connector
K
COM Serial Port connector
L
VGA Monitor connector
M
Switch SW3
DIP switch 1 default is Off so the voice messaging application starts
when the board is turned On. Set this switch On to start OS/2
software only.
DIP switch 2 default is Off for direct serial remote access
connections. Set this switch On for modem connections.
DIP switches 3 and 4 are not used and should be left On.
N
Power button. It cuts the power to the board from the PC and the
hard drive and should not be used.
O
Voice messaging software LED.
Green when software is active
Amber when active with possible application problem
Red when inactive or shut down
P
Shutdown switch
Default is On. Place Off to shut down the software and system board
properly before turning off the telephone system and disconnecting
the system board.
Place On before restarting – The board restarts only when the switch
is On.
Q
Shutdown LED
Red when switch is On
Green when switch is Off
After the LED goes off, turn off power to the KSU and disconnect the
board.
R
Make Busy switch and LED
Do not use. Must always be On with a red LED.
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Figure 5-32 EliteMail CTI Daughter Board
5.2.1.2
Daughter Board Components
Refer to Table
Components.
5-15
Daughter
Board
Table 5-15 Daughter Board Components
Item
System Hardware Manual
Description
A
F206 LED
B
CGA LED
C
Application LED
D~K
VM Channel LEDs 1~8 respectively
L, M
Fax Channel LEDs Channel 1, Channel 2
5 - 57
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Figure 5-33 EliteMail CTI Port Expansion Board
5.2.1.3
Port Expansion Board
Refer to Table 5-16 Port Expansion Board
Components.
Table 5-16 Port Expansion Board Components
Item
A
Backplane connector
B
MB LED – Always on when board is installed
C
MB switch – Do not use, leave On
D
F206 LED
E
CGA Live LED
F~M
5 - 58
Description
VM Channels 9~16, respectively
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
5.2.2
Installation
Only one CTI/VP(4)/(8)/(12)/(16)-U10 ETU should be
installed in any interface slot in the system.
Each system can have one FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U10 ETU or
one VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U10 ETU in place of the CTI/VP.
The HD LED flashes red when the hard drive is active.
5.2.3
Do not reset the ETU when the HD LED is flashing.
Installation Precautions
System ETUs use CMOS technology that is very
susceptible to static electricity.
Always use the
following precautions to Avoid Static Discharge :
System Hardware Manual
Wear a grounding strap when you handle an ETU.
Ensure that the KSU is off and that all DIP switch
changes are made before it is inserted in the KSU.
Carry ETU in a conductive polyethylene bag to
prevent static electricity.
5 - 59
Issue 6
Electra Elite
5.3
DPH(4)-U10 ETU
5.3.1
Description
The DPH(4)-U10 ETU provides connection for four
Doorphones (DP-D-1A), and also provides the associated
four Door Lock Release relays.
Doorphones and relays are paired together so that a
station user talking into a doorphone, controls only that
Door Lock Release relay when the feature code is dialed.
The DPH(4)-U10 has two audio paths to be shared by
four doorphones. Two simultaneous doorphone calls are
allowed. Doorphones 1/3 and 2/4 are paired together.
Figure 5-34 DPH(4)-U10 ETU
5.3.2
Installation
Only one DPH(4)-U10 ETU can be installed in any S1~S8
slot in any system KSU.
5 - 60
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
The DP-D-1A Doorphone that is connected to the ETU
has the following dimensions:
5.3.3
Height:
5.125 in.
130.18 mm
Width:
3.875 in.
98.43 mm
Depth:
1.00 in.
25.4 mm
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 5-17 DPH(4)-U10 Default Jumper Settings.
Table 5-17 DPH(4)-U10 Default Jumper Settings
5.3.4
Jumper
Setting
Description
S101
Shorted
Remove short bar to increase DP1
and DP3 volume by 6 dB.
S201
Shorted
Remove short bar to increase DP2
and DP4 volume by 6 dB.
S102
Shorted
Remove short bar to increase DP1
and DP3 transmit volume by 6 dB.
S202
Shorted
Remove short bar to increase DP2
and DP4 transmit volume by 6 dB.
LED Indications
Live LED indications are listed below.
Blinking Red
Normal Operation
Steady Red
Operation Stopped (power On)
Off
No Power
LED 1 indication are listed below.
System Hardware Manual
Steady Red
A Circuit Is Busy
Off
All Circuits Are Idle
5 - 61
Issue 6
Electra Elite
5.3.5
Connectors
The DPH(4)-U10 ETU has three connectors:
CN1
Connects to the Backboard
Relay
Connections Provided at the
MDF
Doorphone
Connections Provided at the
MDF Connection
MDF
DPH 1
T
R
DPH 2
T
R
DPH 3
T
R
DPH 4
T
R
Doorphone
Doorphone
Doorphone
Doorphone
Figure 5-35 DPH(4)-U10 ETU Doorphone Connections
5.3.6
5 - 62
Specifications
Relay contacts are 24 Vdc at 500 mA
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
5.4
ESI(8)-U10 ETU
5.4.1
Description
The Electronic Station Interface ETU provides an 8-port
interface for Multiline Terminals, ElectraMail CTI,
Attendant Consoles, Single Line Telephone Adapter
SLT(1)-U10 ADP, and DBM(B)-U10 Box.
Figure 5-36 ESI(8)-U10 ETU
5.4.2
Switch Settings
SW1 resets the ETU.
5.4.3
Installation
A maximum of 15 ESI(8)-U10 ETUs can be installed in
slots S1~S8 in any system KSU.
System Hardware Manual
5 - 63
Issue 6
Electra Elite
5.4.4
LED Indications
Live LED indications are listed below.
Blinking Red
Normal Operation
Steady Red
Operation Stopped (power On)
Off
No Power
LED1 indications are listed below.
5.4.5
Steady Red
Some port(s) busy
Off
All ports idle
Connectors
The ESI(8)-U10 ETU has one connector:
5.4.6
CN1
Connects to the backboard
Connections
YL O RD O
BK O GR O
RJ-11
Multiline Telephone
T1
R1
T2
R2
T3
R3
T4
R4
T5
R5
T6
R6
T7
R7
T8
R8
MDF
Figure 5-37 ESI(8)-U10 ETU Connection
5 - 64
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
5.5
FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U10 ETU
5.5.1
Description
The FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U10 ETU is an up to 8-port Digital Voice
Mail system.
This ETU is a PC platform installed in the Electra Elite 192
that contains Flash ROM data storage for voice recording
and application software. A digital signal processor/voice
processing section handles the following functions:
DTMF detection
DTMF generation
General tone detection
FAX CNG tone detection
PCM compression for audio recording/playback
Automatic gain control (AGC)
A serial port (direct connect speeds up to 19.2 Kbps)
This ETU provides 2-, 4, or 8-ports for digital voice mail.
Refer to Table 5-18 Configuration Support Table.
Table 5-18 Configuration Support Tab le
Function
System Hardware Manual
Configuration Support
Applications
Automated Attendant/Voice Mail with call
forwarding (release transfer)
Automated Attendant/Voice Mail without call
forwarding (await answer transfer)
Voice Mail only (No transfer)
Call Forwarding
Supported
Connections
Connects to backplane connector of the KSU
Hardware
One FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U10 ETU
Message Notification
Through message waiting lamps
Operator Console
100 (default)
Positive disconnect: Digital Signal
5 - 65
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Table 5-18 Configuration Support Table (Continued)
Function
Configuration Support
Telephone
One of the following telephones is required to
program Electra Elite 192 System Data:
DTP-8D-1/DTU-8D-2 (BK)/(WH) TEL
DTP-16D-1/DTU-16D-2 (BK)/(WH) TEL
DTU-32D-1/DTU-32D-2 (BK)/(WH) TEL
ETW-16DC-1/2 (BK)/(SW) TEL
ETW-16DD-1/2 (BK)/(SW) TEL
ETW-24DS-1/2 (BK)/(SW) TEL
MDM-F-20 Unit
Used for remote connection
5.5.2
Installation
Only one FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U10 ETU can be installed in any
S1~S8 slot in each system.
COM1
Figure 5-38 FMS(2)/(4)-U10 ETU
5 - 66
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Figure 5-39 FMS(8)-U10 ETU
System Hardware Manual
5 - 67
Issue 6
Electra Elite
5.5.3
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 5-19 FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U10 ETU Switch
Settings. For Revision Q05631 v 6.68 or Higher, refer to
Table 5-20 FMS DIP Switch Functions.
Table 5-19 FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U10 ETU Switch Settings
Switch
Description
1
Normally Off
(On to enable COM1)
2
Normally Off
When 1 and 2 are both On, COM1 is enabled
for HOSTKEY and the VM application is
stopped for Maintenance.
3
On to enable COM2 for remote RS-232/RJ-11.
Off to allow COM1 local connection.
4
Not Used
Table 5-20 FMS DIP Switch Functions
DIP
1
DIP
2
DIP
3
DIP
4
ON
ON
Description
To enable HostKey and run Manufacturing Test
(NEC Production only
ON
To enable HostKey with floppy disk redirection and
run Manufacturing Test (NEC Production only
ON
ON
ON
To connect to CoSession using modem instead of
direct cable connection
ON
To start BRU Host with direct cable connection
ON
To start BRU Host with modem connection
ON
To connect to CoSession using direct cable
connection but not start voice mail software
(Troubleshooting or Maintenance Mode)
Used for Revision Q05631 v 6.68 or Higher
5.5.4
5 - 68
LED Indications
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
The front edge of the ETU has 9 LEDs. (Refer to Figure
5-38 FMS(2)/(4)-U10 ETU or Figure 5-39 FMS(8)-U10
ETU.) LEDs CH1~CH8 indicate the port status as follows:
On
Port Busy
Off
Port idle or not used
The Live LED is red if ETU is receiving power.
The MB LED indicates the status of the MB switch.
The DOS (BIOS) LED is red if a BIOS error has occurred.
The Bicolor (BCLR) LED indicates application status as
follows:
Red
DOS started (VM application not
ready)
Green
VM application is running
Orange
Error
When BCLR LED is orange, check error type on
console screen. After error is corrected, LED
automatically changes to green. Do not connect link
between console and ETU until BCLR turns green
during booting.
The hard disk (HD) LED flashes red when Compact Flash
Disk is active.
System Hardware Manual
Do not reset the ETU while the HD LED is flashing.
5 - 69
Issue 6
Electra Elite
5.5.5
Connectors
The FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U10 ETU has six connectors:
J2 and J3
Used to install the MDM-F-20 Unit
J9
Connects to the backboard
9-pin RS-232(COM2)
Not used (MDM-F-20 Unit)
RJ-11 modem port(COM2)
Remote connector on serial interface (MDM-F-20
Unit)
9-pin RS-232(COM1)
Local Serial connector on main ETU for direct
connection.
5.5.6
Installation Precautions
The ETUs used in this system make extensive use of
CMOS technology that is very susceptible to static
electricity.
Static discharge must be avoided when handling
ETUs.
Always use the following precautions:
5 - 70
Wear a grounding strap anytime you handle the ETU.
Make all ETU DIP switch setting changes before
inserting it in the KSU. Ensure that KSU is off.
Carry ETU in a conductive polyethylene bag to
prevent static electricity damage.
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
5.6
OPX(2)-U10 ETU
5.6.1
Description
The OPX(2)-U10 ETU is the interface for two off-premise
extensions. This ETU has a built-in ringing generator
(RSG). A maximum of 1600Ω of loop resistance (including
about 200Ω for the Single Line Telephone) is acceptable
between the OPX(2)-U10 ETU and a Single Line
Telephone.
This ETU also provides circuitry for loop status detection,
talk battery, sending ringing signals from the RSG unit to
the Single Line Telephones, and dial pulse detection.
The PBR circuit in the CPUB( )-U10 ETU or the
PBR( )-U10 ETU is required with Single Line Telephone
Connection.
Figure 5-40 OPX(2)-U10 Unit
System Hardware Manual
5 - 71
Issue 6
Electra Elite
5.6.2
Installation
A maximum of 22 OPX(2)-U10 ETUs can be installed in
slots S1~S8 in any system KSU. The extension can be
run up to three miles (5 km) using 24 AWG wiring.
5.6.3
LED Indications
Live LED indications are listed below.
Blinking Red
Normal Operation
Steady Red
Operation Stopped (power On)
Off
No Power
LED1 indications are listed below.
5.6.4
Steady Red
Some port(s) busy
Off
All ports idle
Connectors
The OPX(2)-U10 ETU has one connector:
5.6.5
CN1
Connects to the backboard
Connections
MDF
YL O RD O
BK O GR O
RJ-11
T1
R1
T2
R2
Single Line
Telephone
Figure 5-41 OPX(2)-U10 CN1 Connection
5 - 72
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
5.7
SLI(4)/(8)-U10 ETU
5.7.1
Description
The SLI(4)/(8)-U10 ETU is the interface for Single Line
Telephones and for analog voice mail units. It has a
built-in ringing generator (RSG) and supports Single Line
Telephones or analog Voice Mail ports.
This ETU also provides circuitry for loop status detection,
talk battery, sending ringing signals, message waiting,
and loop disconnect for dial pulse signal detection.
The PBR circuit in the CPUB( )-U10 ETU or the
PBR( )-U10 ETU is required with Voice Mail or DTMF
Single Line Telephones.
Figure 5-42 SLI(8)-U10 ETU
System Hardware Manual
5 - 73
Issue 6
Electra Elite
5.7.2
Installation
A maximum of 14 SLI(8)-U10 ETUs or 22 SLI(4)-U10
ETUs can be installed in Slots S1~S8 in any system KSU.
5.7.3
LED Indications
Live LED indications are listed below.
Blinking Red
Normal Operation
Steady Red
Operation Stopped (power On)
Off
No Power
BUSY indications are listed below.
5.7.4
Steady Red
Some port(s) busy
Off
All ports idle
Connectors
The SLI(4)/(8)-U10 ETU has one connector:
5.7.5
CN1
Connects to the backboard
Connections
MDF
MDF
YL O RD O
BK O GR O
RJ-11
Single Line
Telephone
SLI(4)-U10 Card
T1
R1
T2
R2
T3
R3
T4
R4
YL O RD O
BK O GR O
RJ-11
Single Line
Telephone
SLI(8)-U10 Card
T1
R1
T2
R2
T3
R3
T4
R4
T5
R5
T6
R6
T7
R7
T8
R8
Figure 5-43 SLI(4)/(8)-U10 ETU Connections
5 - 74
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
5.8
VDH2(8)-U10 ETU
5.8.1
Description
The VDH2(8)-U10 ETU integrates both LAN and station
cabling. This is a standard ESI ETU with additional
circuitry for the LAN integration function.
Key Telephones and Attendant Consoles can be
connected to the VDH2(8)-U10 ETU using a VDD-U Unit.
Each VDH2(8)-U10 ETU has a built-in HUB facility that
has eight ports (IEEE 802.3 10Base-T).
A VDD-U10 adapter is required at each digital station or
Attendant Console. Refer to Installing a VDD-U Unit on a
Multiline Terminal in Chapter 7 Installing Optional
Equipment.
5.8.2
Specifications
Refer to Table 5-21 VDH2(8)-U10 ETU Specifications.
Table 5-21 VDH2(8)-U10 ETU Specifications
Description
Specifications
General Specifications
Access Method
CSMA/CD Method (IEEE 802.3)
Transmission Speed
10 Mbps
Transmission Interface
10Base-2:
10Base-T + Dterm Interface:
1 port
8 ports
Transmission Interface Connectors
10Base-2
BNC (coaxial cable)
10Base-T + Dterm Interface
RJ-45 (modular for 10Base-T)
Transmission Cable Type and Maximum Cable Length
System Hardware Manual
10Base-2
Coaxial Cable – 606.8 feet (185 meters)
10Base-T + Dterm Interface
Twisted Pair Cable (LAN Category 3 or
higher) – 328 feet (100 meters) for
10Base-T technology.
5 - 75
Issue 6
Electra Elite
5.8.3
Cabling
The information listed below applies when connecting the
VDH2(8)-U10 unit.
5 - 76
Normally the 10Base-T cables connected to the
VDH2(8)-U10 units cannot be directly connected to
another HUB or to a LAN terminal. A set of jumpers
is provided on the VDH2(8)-U10 to turn off the
station abilities for ports 1~7. In this case LAN
terminals can be connected directly to the
VDH2(8)-U10 ETU. Refer to Figure 5-44
VDH2(8)-U10 ETU Jumpers for the layout of
jumpers on the KTU.
Port 8 is unique because the station abilities cannot
be separated by changing a jumper setting like
ports 1~7. Port 8 is to be used for cascading HUBs.
Connect Port 8 either to another VDH2(8)-U10 (Port
1~7) or an external HUB. In this case be sure to set
SW2 on the VDH2(8)-U10 to =. If SW2 is set to X,
then Port 8 is used as a regular coreline connection.
Refer to Figure 5-45 10Base-T Cable Connections.
The VDH2(8)-U10 ETU can be used with 10Base-2
and 10Base-T cables. VDH2(8)-U10 ETU HUBs
can be cascaded using 10Base2 cables. The
10Base2 connector can also be used to connect the
VDH2(8)-U10 ETU to a LAN backbone. (Refer to
Figure 5-46 VDH2(8)-U10 ETU.) In this case, the 8
port is still used for coreline. The 10Base2 cable
interconnecting VDH2(8)-U10 ETUs must be
greater than 0.5 meters. Care should be taken so
the 10Base2 cables are neatly coiled. When the
10Base2 cables are connected to the VDH2(8)-U10
BNC connector, a terminating plug must be used if
this is the last device on the cable. Refer to Figure
5-47 VDH2(8)-U10 ETU Connections.
Using the 10Base-2 cables is the preferred method
of cascading VDH2(8)-U10 ETU hubs since it does
not reduce the quantity of station ports that the ETU
can provide.
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Figure 5-44 VDH2(8)-U10 ETU Jumpers
Figure 5-45 10Base-T Cable Connections
System Hardware Manual
5 - 77
Issue 6
Electra Elite
BNC
Connector
Jacks (1~8)
Figure 5-46 VDH2(8)-U10 ETU
Terminating
Plug
Figure 5-47 VDH2(8)-U10 ETU Connections
5 - 78
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
5.8.4
Installing the VDH2(8)-U10
System Hardware Manual
The 10Base-T ports on the VDH2(8)-U10 ETU use
4-wire polar cables.
When connecting a VDH2(8)-U10 ETU to a Multiline
Terminal, avoid using under-carpet cables because
the device becomes susceptible to outside noises. It
is better to use EIA/TIA round cables instead of flat
cables. When under-carpet cables are used, you
must follow the installation instructions provided by
the cable manufacturer. Also consider these
precautions:
•
Limit the under-carpet cable length to 65 feet.
•
When using multiple pair cabling to connect
the VDH2(8)-U10 units to the multiline
terminal, do not include analog lines in the
same cable.
When connecting a VDH2(8)-U10 ETU, use the
FCE-U10 Unit for proper wiring. Lead the cable
connected to the ETUs out through the clamp on the
KSU as shown in Figure 5-48 Front Cover Extender
for VDH2(8)-U10 ETUs. Refer to 3.3 Installing a
Front Cover Extender (FCE-U10 Unit).
A maximum of 9 VDH2(8)-U10 ETUs can be
installed in Slots S1~S8 in any system KSU.
5 - 79
Issue 6
Electra Elite
FC Extender
Figure 5-48 Front Cover Extender for
VDH2(8)-U10 ETUs
Figure 5-45 10Base-T Cable Connections shows cable
connections to the LAN using 10Base-T cabling. Use an
EIA/TIA category 3 (or higher) unshielded twisted pair
cable.
5 - 80
Do not use 10Base-T cable for overhead wiring or for
outdoor wiring.
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
5.8.5
Switch Settings and Jumpers
Refer to Table 5-22 VDH2(8)-U10 ETU Default Switch
Settings and Table 5-23 Jumper Settings.
Table 5-22 VDH2(8)-U10 ETU Default Switch Settings
Switch
Setting
Description
SW1
N/A
Reset Switch
SW2
X Port 8 Normal Use Mode
(LAN Cable Integration)
Defines Port 8
communication mode.
= Port 8 10Base-T
cascades to another
VDH2(8)-U10 ETU or
HUB
Table 5-23 Jumper Settings
System Hardware Manual
Port
Jumper
Setting
1
JP1
JP2
Both 1 and 2 LAN connection only
Both 2 and 3 LAN station integration (default)
2
JP3
JP4
Both 1 and 2 LAN connection only
Both 2 and 3 LAN station integration (default)
3
JP5
JP6
Both 1 and 2 LAN connection only
Both 2 and 3 LAN station integration (default)
4
JP7
JP8
Both 1 and 2 LAN connection only
Both 2 and 3 LAN station integration (default)
5
JP9
JP10
Both 1 and 2 LAN connection only
Both 2 and 3 LAN station integration (default)
6
JP11
JP12
Both 1 and 2 LAN connection only
Both 2 and 3 LAN station integration (default)
7
JP13
JP14
Both 1 and 2 LAN connection only
Both 2 and 3 LAN station integration (default)
5 - 81
Issue 6
Electra Elite
5.8.6
LED Indications
LED indications are located on both sides of the ETU as
shown in Figure 5-49 VDH2(8)-U10 LED Indications .
Figure 5-49 VDH2(8)-U10 LED Indications
Live LED indications are listed below.
Blinking Red
Normal Operation
Steady Red
Operation Stopped (power On)
Off
No Power
LEDs 1~8 indication are listed below.
Steady Green
LAN connections on channels
1~8 are established
Steady Orange
LAN terminals 1~8 transmitting
data
Off
LAN terminals 1~8 not active
LED 9 indications are listed below.
5 - 82
Steady Red
10Base-2 sending data
Off
10Base-2 not active
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
LED 10 indications are listed below.
5.8.7
Steady Red
Intercom terminal on some
channel in use
Off
No intercom terminals in use
Connectors
The VDH2(8)-U10 ETU has three connectors:
CN1
Connects to the backboard.
CN2 – CH1~7
Connects to Multiline Terminals.
CN2 – CH8
Connects to Multiline Terminal or
cascades to another HUB.
CN3
Connects 10Base-2 cascade
cables from another HUB or
mainframe LAN.
When SW2 is set to X, the following table indicates the pin
assignments for the RJ-45 pins for CN2 ~ CH8.
In the tables below, TD indicates Transmit Data and RD
indicates Receive Data.
Normal
Pin
Signaling
6
TD-
3
TD+
2
RD-
1
RD+
When SW2 is set to =, the following table indicates the pin
assignments for the RJ-45 pins for CN2 ~ CH8.
Cascade
System Hardware Manual
Pin
Signaling
6
RD-
3
RD+
2
TD-
1
TD+
Cables that connect a terminal to a HUB are straight, and
cables that connect HUB-to-HUB are crossed. Coreline
uses straight cables only.
5 - 83
Issue 6
Electra Elite
RJ-45
RJ-45 Straight
RJ-45
1
2
3
6
1
2
3
6
RJ-45
RJ-45 Reversed
RJ-45
1
2
3
6
1
2
3
6
Figure 5-50 Cable Connection Comparison
5.9
VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U10 ETU
5.9.1
Description
The VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U10 ETU is a 2-, 4-, or 8-port Digital
Voice Mail system.
This ETU is a PC platform installed in the Electra Elite
192 and contains hard disk space for voice recording
storage and application software. A digital signal
processor/voice processing section handles the following
functions:
DTMF detection
DTMF generation
General tone detection
FAX CNG tone detection
PCM compression for audio recording/playback
Automatic gain control (AGC)
A serial port (direct connect speeds up to 19.2
Kbps) to connect external modem
This ETU provides 2-, 4-, or 8-ports for digital voice mail.
The 2- and 4-port require the included digital signal
processor (DSP); the 8-port configuration requires a
DSP-F-21 Unit. Refer to Table 5-24 Configuration Support
Table.
5 - 84
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Table 5-24 Configuration Support Tab le
Function
Configuration Support
Applications
Automated Attendant/Voice Mail with call
forwarding (release transfer)
Automated Attendant/Voice Mail without call
forwarding (await answer transfer)
Voice Mail only (No transfer)
Call Forwarding
Supported
Connections
Connects to backplane connector of the KSU
Hardware
One VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U10 ETU
Message Notification
Through message waiting lamps
Operator Console
100 (default)
Positive disconnect: Digital Signal
Telephone
One of the following telephones is required to
program Electra Elite System data:
DTP-8D-1(BK)/(WH) TEL
DTU-8D-2(BK)/(WH) TEL
DTP-16D-1(BK)/(WH) TEL
DTU-16D-2(BK)/(WH) TEL
DTP-32D-1(BK)/(WH) TEL
DTU-32D-2(BK)/(WH) TEL
ETW-16DC-1/2(BK)/(SW) TEL
ETW-16DD-1/2(BK)/(SW) TEL
ETW-24DS-1/2(BK)/(SW) TEL
DSP-F-21 Unit
Adds four additional voice mail ports
Required by VMS(8)-U10 ETU
MDM-F-20 Unit
Used for remote connection
5.9.2
Installation
Only one VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U10 ETU can be installed in
each system in any S1~S8 slot in any system KSU.
System Hardware Manual
The system can have one FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U10 ETU or one
CTI/VP(4)/(8)/(12)/(16)-U10 ETU in place of VMS.
5 - 85
Issue 6
Electra Elite
8-port VMS(8)-U10 ETU shown
with 4-port auxiliary DSP installed.
For VMS(2)/(4)-U10 ETU, the
auxiliary is not required.
Option Kit required for remote
maintenance is purchased
separately.
DIP Switch
Up = Off
Down = On
9-pin RS-232
COM 2 Ports
Modem Port RJ-11
Make Busy Switch
COM 1
Local Connection
Figure 5-51 VMS( )-U10 ETU
5 - 86
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
5.9.3
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 5-25 VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U10 ETU Switch
Settings. For Revision Q00631 v 6.68 or Higher, refer to
Table 5-26 VMS DIP Switch Functions.
Table 5-25 VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U10 ETU Switch Settings
Switch
Description
1
Normally Off
(On to enable COM1)
2
Normally Off
When 1 and 2 are both On, COM1 is enabled
for HOSTKEY and the VM application is
stopped for Maintenance.
3
On to enable COM2 for remote
RS-232/RJ-11.
Off to allow COM1 local connection.
4
Not Used
Table 5-26 VMS DIP Switch Functions
DIP
1
DIP
2
DIP
3
DIP
4
ON
ON
Description
To enable HostKey and run Manufacturing Test
(NEC Production only
ON
To enable HostKey with floppy disk redirection and
run Manufacturing Test (NEC Production only
ON
ON
ON
To connect to CoSession using modem instead of
direct cable connection
ON
To start BRU Host with direct cable connection
ON
To start BRU Host with modem connection
ON
To connect to CoSession using direct cable
connection but not start voice mail software
(Troubleshooting or Maintenance Mode)
Used for Revision Q00631 v 6.68 or Higher
System Hardware Manual
5 - 87
Issue 6
Electra Elite
5.9.4
LED Indications
The front edge of the ETU has 12 LEDs. Refer to Figure
5-31 VMS( )-U10 ETU. LEDs CH1~CH8 indicate port
status as follows:
On
Port Busy
Off
Port idle or not used
The Live LED is red when ETU is receiving power.
The MB LED indicates the status of the MB switch.
The DOS (BIOS) LED is red when a BIOS error has
occurred.
The Bicolor (BCLR) LED indicates application status as
follows:
5 - 88
Red
DOS started (VM application not
ready)
Green
VM application is running
Orange
Error
When BCLR LED is orange, check error type on
console screen. After error is corrected, LED
automatically changes to green. Do Not connect
the link between console and ETU until BCLR turns
green during booting.
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
The hard disk drive (HDD) LED flashes red when HDD is
active.
5.9.5
Do not reset the ETU while the HDD LED is flashing.
Connectors
The VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U10 ETU has four connectors:
CN1
Connects to the backboard
9-pin RS-232(COM2)
Not used (MDM-F-20 Unit)
RJ-11 modem port(COM2)
Remote connector on serial interface (MDM-F-20
Unit)
9-pin RS-232(COM1)
Local Serial connector on main ETU for direct
connection
5.9.6
Installation Precautions
The ETUs used in this system make extensive use of
CMOS technology that is very susceptible to static
electricity.
Static discharge must be avoided when handling
ETUs.
Always use the following precautions:
System Hardware Manual
Wear a grounding strap anytime you handle the
ETU.
Make all ETU DIP switch setting changes before
inserting it in the KSU. Ensure that KSU is off.
Carry ETU in a conductive polyethylene bag to
prevent static electricity damage.
5 - 89
Issue 6
SECTION 6
OPTIONAL ETUS
Electra Elite
This section describes optional Electronic Telephone Units that provide
additional functions for an Electra Elite system.
6.1
ACD(8)-U10 ETU
6.1.1
Description
The ACD(8)-U10 ETU interfaces the Elite ACD Plus Server
to the Electra Elite KSU. Elite ACD Plus provides Windowsbased software programs to enhance the ACD features of
the Electra Elite Key Telephone System.
COM
1
Figure 5-52 ACD(8)-U10 ETU
6.1.2
Installation
Only one ACD(8) can be installed in slot S1~S8 in any
system KSU.
5 - 90
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
6.1.3
LED Indications
The front edge of the ETU has 13 LEDs. (Refer to Figure
5-52 ACD(8)-U10 ETU.) LEDs CH1~CH8 indicate the port
status as follows:
On
Port Busy
Off
Port idle or not used
The Live LED is red when ETU is receiving power.
The MB LED indicates the status of the MB switch.
The DOS (BIOS) LED is red when a BIOS error has
occurred.
The Bicolor (BCLR) LED indicates application status as
follows:
Red
DOS started (ACD application not
ready)
Green
ACD application is running
The hard disk drive (HD) LED flashes red when HDD is
active.
6.1.4
Do not reset the ETU while the HD LED is flashing.
Connectors
The ACD(8)-U10 ETU has two connectors:
6.1.5
J9
Connects to the backboard
9-pin RS-232(COM1)
Local Serial connector for
direct connection.
Installation Precautions
The ETUs make extensive use of CMOS technology that is
very susceptible to static electricity.
Static discharge must be avoided when handling
ETUs.
Always use the following precautions:
System Hardware Manual
Wear a grounding strap anytime you handle the ETU.
Make all ETU DIP switch setting changes before
inserting it in the KSU. Ensure that Make Busy switch
is off.
Carry ETU in a conductive polyethylene bag to
prevent static electricity damage.
5 - 91
Issue 6
Electra Elite
6.2
BSU(2)-U10 ETU
6.2.1
Description
The BSU(2)-U10 ETU provides the connection for Zone
Transceivers.
Figure 5-53 BSU(2)-U10 ETU
6.2.2
Installation
Up to eight ETUs can be installed in slots S1~S8 in any
system KSU.
6.2.3
Switch Settings
The default switch settings are shown in Table 5-27
BSU(2)-U10 ETU Default Switch Settings.
5 - 92
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Table 5-27 BSU(2)-U10 ETU Default Switch Settin g s
SW1
Description
Momentary Switch
SW2-1
BSU ETU Reset
Description
Off
Reports BSU ID to Main S/W
(Master)
On
Does not report BSU ID to Main S/W
(Slave)
SW2-2
Description
Off
Boot by Flash memory (Default)
On
Boot from E-Prom (IC30)
SW2-3
Description
Off
Normal Operation (Default)
On
Test Mode
SW2-4
Description
Off
Watch Dog Timer On (Default)
On
Watch Dog Timer Off
Pressing
interrupts
allall
Wireless
PressingSW1
SW2
interrupts
serviceusers
and
connected
BSU(2)-U10
ETU. UseThis
this
causes ato the
second
initialization.
switch
onlyshould
as a lastnot
resort.
switch
be used in an
System Hardware Manual
5 - 93
Issue 6
Electra Elite
6.2.4
LED Indications
Table 5-28 LED Indications
LED
Description
On
Flashing
Off
1
Link Status for ZT1
Layer 1: Up
Layer 2: Up
Layer 1: Up
Layer 2: Down
Layer 1: Down
Layer 2: Down
2
Link Status for ZT2
Layer 1: Up
Layer 2: Up
Layer 1: Up
Layer 2: Down
Layer 1: Down
Layer 2: Down
3
Not used
Always Off
4
5
Status for ZT1
6
Status for ZT2
Refer to Table 5-29 ZT Status Table for LEDs 5 and 6
7
Not used
Always Off
8
5 - 94
9
BSU Status
10
LIVE
Alarm
Operation stopped
(Power still on)
Normal Operation
Not Operating
Normal Operation
No Power
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Table 5-29 ZT Status Table for LEDs 5 and 6
Lamp Off
Line is not Connected
Lamp On indications are shown below.
No Flicker (ZT is in standby)
On
Lamp
Off
Time (0.2s)
Flash cycle is 0.1 seconds (Not Supported)
On
Lamp
Off
Time (0.2s)
Flash cycle is 0.2 seconds. Remaining indications depend on the
number of PS connections.
1 PS connection
On
Lamp
Time (0.2s)
Off
2 PS connections
On
Lamp
Off
Time (0.2s)
3 PS Connections (ZT is busy)
On
Lamp
Off
Time (0.2s)
System Hardware Manual
5 - 95
Issue 6
Electra Elite
6.2.5
Connectors
The BSU(2)-U10 ETU has two connectors:
6.2.6
CN1
Connects to the backboard
CN2
For future use
ZT II Connections
MDF
RJ-45
T1
R1
T2
R2
T3
R3
T4
R4
T5
R5
T6
R6
T7
R7
T8
R8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ZT
RJ-45
ZT
RJ-45
RJ-45
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Figure 5-54 BSU(2)-U10 ETU Connections
5 - 96
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
6.3
ECR-U10 ETU
6.3.1
Description
The ECR-U10 ETU provides external relay control for
Zone Paging systems (3 relays), External Ringing control
(4 relays), Night Chime ringing control (1 relay), and two
general purpose relays.
There are two audio jacks. One provides the both-way
audio-for-paging system. The other provides a tone
output for External Tone Ringing and Night Chime.
6.3.2
Installation
Only one ECR-U10 can be installed in slots S1~S8 in the
basic KSU.
6.3.3
LED Indications
Live LED indications are listed below.
Blinking Red
Normal Operation
Steady Red
Operation Stopped (power On)
Off
No Power
Busy LED indications are listed below.
System Hardware Manual
Steady Red
Some Relays Are Busy
Off
All Relays Are Idle
5 - 97
Issue 6
Electra Elite
External BGM
Source
Maximum power capacity
for RLYs 1~3 is 10 W.
Pin 2
Pin 1
External
Amplifier
CN 2 Connector
SPKR OUT
RLY 1
Zone A
RLY 2
Zone B
RLY 3
Zone Paging
Output from
MDF
Zone C
Pin 3
Pin 4
CN 2 Connector
SPKR OUT
CN 3
External
Paging
External
Amplifier
RCA
Jack
Figure 5-55 ECR-U10 Block Diagram
5 - 98
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
6.3.4
Connectors
Refer to Table 5-30 Connector Descriptions (CN2) and
Figure 5-56 ECR-U10 ETU.
The ECR-U10 ETU has four connectors:
CN1
Connects to the Backboard
CN2
Contacts for Relays
CN3
Both-way Audio Connection for External
Paging
CN4
Audio output for Tone Ringer and Night
Chime
Table 5-30 Connector Descriptions (CN2)
Pin Number
13~16
Description
Not Used
12
11
General Purpose Relay #1
10
9
5~8
General Purpose Relay #0
Not Used
4
Zone Paging Audio Input
3
2
External Paging BGM input
1
Refer to Table 4-1 MDF Cable Connections for all other
ECR-U10 cable connections.
System Hardware Manual
5 - 99
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Figure 5-56 ECR-U10 ETU
6.3.5
Specifications
5 - 100
Relays
All relays are rated 24 Vdc at
500 mA
External Tone
Output Power -10 dBm
Ringer/Night Chime
Output Impedance 600 Ω
External Paging
Output power -10 dBm
Output Impedance
600Ω
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
6.4
PBR( )-U10 ETU
6.4.1
Description
The Pushbutton Receiver (PBR) ETU detects and
translates DTMF tones generated by Single Line
Telephones, modems, or facsimile machines. This ETU is
required if the four built-in CPUB( )-U10 ETU PBR channels
are not enough to support all the PBR requirements of the
system, or the CPUB( )-U10 ETU PBRs are dedicated to
the VRS(4)-U10 ETU.
Figure 5-57 PBR( )-U10 ETU
System Hardware Manual
5 - 101
Issue 6
Electra Elite
6.4.2
Installation
Only one PBR( )-U10 ETU can be installed in slots S1~S8
to provide four PBR circuits. Four circuits are built-in on
the CPUB( )-U10 for a maximum of eight PBR circuits.
6.4.3
LED Indications
Live LED indications are listed below.
Blinking Red
Normal Operation
Steady Red
Operation Stopped (power On)
Off
No Power
LED 1 indications are listed below.
6.4.4
On
Some circuit(s) are receiving DTMF
signaling
Off
All PBR(s) are idle
Connectors
The PBR( )-U10 ETU has one connector:
5 - 102
CN1
Connects to the backboard
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
6.5
VRS(4)-U10 ETU
6.5.1
Description
The Voice Recording Service ETU provides record/
playback of voice messages for the Automated Attendant,
Voice Prompt, and Delay Announcement features. The
VRS(4)-U10 ETU must use the built-in PBR circuits on
the CPUB( )-U10 ETU for Automated Attendant or DISA.
Figure 5-58 VRS(4)-U10 ETU
Each VRS(4)-U10 ETU has four record/playback
channels. The maximum voice recording time for each
channel is 240 seconds. The technician can select one of
four message lengths. The available message lengths
and the maximum number of messages that can be
recorded are listed in the table below.
System Hardware Manual
5 - 103
Issue 6
Electra Elite
6.5.2
Message Length
Maximum Number of
Recorded Messages
15 seconds
16
30 seconds
8
60 seconds
4
120 seconds
2
Installation
A maximum of two VRS(4)-U10 ETUs can be installed in
slots S1~S8 in any system KSU.
6.5.3
Switch Settings
Refer to Table 5-31 VRS(4)-U10 ETU Default Switch
Settings.
Table 5-31 VRS(4)-U10 ETU Default Switch Setti ngs
Switch
Setting
Description
SW1–1
SW1–2
SW1–3
Record decibel
adjustment
Off
Off
Off
0 decibels (default)
On
Off
Off
1 decibel
Off
On
Off
2 decibels
On
On
Off
3 decibels
Off
Off
On
4 decibels
On
Off
On
5 decibels
Off
On
On
6 decibels
On
On
On
7 decibels
SW1–1
SW1–2
SW1–3
5 - 104
On
Record Gain
SW1–4
Off
Record Pad
(default)
SW2
N/A
Test Switch
and
Reset Switch
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Electra Elite
Issue 6
6.5.4
LED Indications
Live LED indications are listed below.
Blinking Red
Normal Operation
Steady Red
Operation Stopped (power on)
Off
No Power
BSY 1~4 indications are listed below.
6.5.5
Steady Red
Channels 1~4 are busy with replay/
record or detecting DTMF signals.
Off
Channels 1~4 are idle.
Connectors
The VRS(4)-U10 ETU has one connector:
6.5.6
CN1
Connects to the backboard
Pins
Two pins, SP1 and SP2, are located on the top right of
the VRS ETU. These short pins are for maintenance. Do
not change the factory default settings on these pins.
Pins 2 and 3 are short-circuited.
System Hardware Manual
5 - 105
Issue 6
Electra Elite
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
5 - 106
Installing Electronic Telephone Units
Installing Electra Elite
Multiline Terminals
SECTION 1
GENERAL
INFORMATION
SECTION 2
MULTILINE TERMINALS
Chapter 6
The Electra Elite192 system provides several different Multiline Terminals,
an Attendant Console, and several adapters that allow peripheral
equipment to be attached to the Multiline Terminals. With the exception of
the VDD-U Unit, the adapters can also be used with D term Series E
Multiline Terminals. This chapter describes each terminal, console, and
adapter and provides applicable installation instructions.
2.1
DTP-2DT-1(WH) TEL
This digital nondisplay Multiline Terminal is equipped with two
programmable line keys (each with a 2-color LED), eight function
keys, a built-in speakerphone, headset connection, and a large
LED to indicate incoming calls and messages.
A maximum of 119 DTP-2DT-1(WH) TELs can be installed in the
Electra Elite 192 system.
The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can
be installed in an Electra Elite 192 system is 120.
Figure 6-1 DTP-2DT-1(WH) TEL
System Hardware Manual
6-1
Issue 6
Electra Elite
2.2
DTU-8-1(BK)/(WH) TEL
This digital nondisplay Multiline Terminal is equipped with eight
programmable line keys (each with a 2-color LED), a built-in
speakerphone, headset jack, a large LED to indicate incoming calls
and messages, and compatibility with ADA-U, APA-U, APR-U,
CTA-U, CTU(C), CTU(S), HFU-U, and VDD-U Units.
The DTP-8-1(BK)/(WH) TEL is comparable and can also be used
with the Electra Elite system.
A maximum of 119 DTU/DTP-8-1(BK)/(SW) TELs can be installed
in the Electra Elite 192 system.
The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can
be installed in an Electra Elite 192 system is 120.
Figure 6-2 DTU-8-1(BK)/(WH) TEL Multiline Terminal
6-2
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals
Electra Elite
Issue 6
2.3
DTU-8D-2(BK)/(WH) TEL
This digital Multiline Terminal has eight programmable line keys
(each with the 2-color LED), four softkeys, a built-in speakerphone,
headset jack, a Large LED to indicate incoming calls and
messages, and compatibility with ADA-U, APA-U, APR-U, CTA-U,
CTU(C), CTU(S), HFU-U, and VDD-U Units.
This terminal is also equipped with a 3-line, 24-character,
adjustable Liquid Crystal Display (LCD).
The DTP-8D-1(BK)/(WH) TEL is comparable and can also be used
with the Electra Elite system.
A maximum of 120 DTU-8D-2/DTP-8D-1(BK)/(WH) TELs can be
installed in the Electra Elite 192 system.
The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can
be installed in the Electra Elite 192 system is 120.
Figure 6-3 DTU-8D-2(BK)/(WH) TEL Multiline Terminal
System Hardware Manual
6-3
Issue 6
Electra Elite
2.4
DTU-16-1(BK)/(WH) TEL
This digital nondisplay Multiline Terminal has 16 programmable line
keys (each with a 2-color LED), a built-in speakerphone, headset
jack, a large LED to indicate incoming calls and messages, and
compatibility with ADA-U, APA-U, APR-U, CTA-U, CTU(C),
CTU(S), HFU-U, and VDD-U Units.
The DTP-16-1(BK)/(WH) TEL is comparable and can also be used
with the Electra Elite system.
A maximum of 119 DTU/DTP-16-1(BK)/(WH) TELs can be installed
in an Electra Elite 192 system.
The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can
be installed in an Electra Elite 192 system is 120.
Figure 6-4 DTU-16-1(BK)/(WH) TEL Multiline Terminal
6-4
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals
Electra Elite
Issue 6
2.5
DTU-16D-2(BK)/(WH) TEL
This digital Multiline Terminal has 16 programmable line keys
(each with a 2-color LED), four softkeys, a built-in speakerphone,
headset jack, a large LED to indicate incoming calls and
messages, and compatibility with ADA-U, APA-U, APR-U, CTA-U,
CTU(C), CTU(S), HFU-U, and VDD-U Units.
The DTP-16D-1(BK)/(WH) TEL is comparable and can also be
used with the Electra Elite system.
This terminal is also equipped with a 3-line, 24-character,
adjustable Liquid Crystal Display (LCD).
A maximum of 120 DTU-16D-2/DTP-16D-1(BK)/(WH) TELs can be
installed in an Electra Elite 192 system.
The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can
be installed in an Electra Elite 192 system is 120.
Figure 6-5 DTU-16D-2(BK)/(WH) TEL Multiline Terminal
System Hardware Manual
6-5
Issue 6
Electra Elite
2.6
DTU-32-1(BK)/(WH) TEL
This digital nondisplay Multiline Terminal has 16 programmable line
keys (each with a 2-color LED), 16 one-touch keys, four softkeys, a
built-in speakerphone, headset jack, a large LED to indicate
incoming calls and messages, and compatibility with ADA-U,
APA-U, APR-U, CTA-U, CTU(C), CTU(S), HFU-U, and VDD-U
Units.
The DTP-32-1(BK)/(WH) TEL, is comparable and can also be used
with the Electra Elite system.
System software can be changed so this Multiline Terminal can
have 24 programmable line keys and 8 one-touch keys.
A maximum of 119 DTU/DTP-32-1(BK)/(WH) TELs can be installed
in an Electra Elite 192 system.
The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can
be installed in an Electra Elite 192 system is 120.
Figure 6-6 DTU-32-1(BK)/(WH) TEL Multiline Terminal
6-6
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals
Electra Elite
Issue 6
2.7
DTU-32D-2(BK)/(WH) TEL
This digital Multiline Terminal has 16 programmable line keys
(each with a 2-color LED), 16 one-touch keys, four softkeys, a builtin speakerphone, headset jack, a large LED to indicate incoming
calls and messages, and compatibility with ADA-U, APA-U, APR-U,
CTA-U, CTU(C), CTU(S), HFU-U, and VDD-U Units. This terminal
is also equipped with a 3-line, 24-character, adjustable Liquid
Crystal Display (LCD).
System software can be changed so this Multiline Terminal can
have 24 programmable line keys and eight one-touch keys.
The DTP-32D-1(BK)/(WH) TEL is comparable and can also be
used with the Electra Elite system.
A maximum of 120 DTU-32D-2/DTP-32D-1(BK)/(WH) TELs can be
installed in an Electra Elite 192 system.
The combined total of all Electra Elite Multiline Terminals that can
be installed in an Electra Elite 192 system is 120.
Figure 6-7 DTU-32D-2(BK)/(WH) TEL Multiline Terminal
System Hardware Manual
6-7
Issue 6
Electra Elite
2.8
DCU-60-1(BK)/(WH) CONSOLE
The Attendant Console has 60 programmable line keys (each with
a 2-color LED). These 60 line keys can be programmed as Direct
Station Selection keys, function keys, or as outside line keys. An
external power supply (AC adapter) is provided with the Attendant
Console.
A maximum of four DCU-60-1(BK)/(WH) CONSOLEs can be
installed in an any Electra Elite 48/192 system. An Attendant
Position can have four associated DCU-60-1(BK)/(WH)
CONSOLEs.
Figure 6-8 DCU-60-1(BK)/(WH) CONSOLE
6-8
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals
Electra Elite
SECTION 3
SINGLE LINE
TELEPHONES
Issue 6
3.1
DTP 1-1(WH) or DTP 1-2(WH)/(BK) TEL
The Single Line Telephone is a fully modular terminal with a Flash
key, redial key, 3-level receive volume control, 2-level ring volume
control, data jack, and message waiting lamp. Each terminal
requires an SLT(1)-U10 ADP or SLI(4)/(8)-U10 ETU.
Figure 6-9 DTP-1-1(WH) TEL Single Line Telephone
System Hardware Manual
The H switch setting for the receive volume control should
only be used by hearing impaired individuals, otherwise
hearing damage may occur. This telephone complies with
HAC (Hearing Aid Compatible) volume control defined by
section 68.317 of the FCC Rules and Regulations, 1996
edition.
6-9
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.2
DTP-1HM-1(WH) or DTP-1HM-2(WH)/(BK) TEL
The Single Line Telephone is a fully modular terminal with a flash
key, redial key, 3-level receive volume control, 2-level ring volume
control, data jack, message waiting lamp, and eight programmable
Feature Access/Speed Dial keys. Each terminal requires an
SLT(1)-U10 ADP or SLI(4)/(8)-U10 ETU.
Figure 6-10 DTP-1HM-1(WH) TEL Single Line Telephone
6 - 10
The H switch setting for the receive volume control should
only be used by hearing impaired individuals, otherwise
hearing damage may occur. This telephone complies with
HAC (Hearing Aid Compatible) volume control defined by
section 68.317 of the FCC Rules and Regulations, 1996
edition.
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals
Electra Elite
SECTION 4
CONNECTING A
MULTILINE TERMINAL
TO THE SYSTEM
Issue 6
The instructions for connecting a Multiline Terminal to the system applies
to all of the Electra Elite Multiline Terminals.
1.
Plug the telephone cord into the modular jack on the bottom side of
the Multiline Terminal. The handset is also attached to the bottom
side of the Multiline Terminal.
Figure 6-11 Connecting a Multiline Terminal to the System
2.
Lead the telephone and handset cords through the appropriate
grooves.
Figure 6-12 Leading Line Cords on a Multiline Terminal
System Hardware Manual
6 - 11
Issue 6
SECTION 5
CONNECTING AN
ATTENDANT CONSOLE
TO A MULTILINE
TERMINAL
Electra Elite
An Attendant Console can be attached to a Multiline Terminal using the
following procedures.
1.
Turn the Multiline Terminal and the Attendant Console face down.
2.
Using the joining plate provided with the Attendant Console, attach
the plate to the Multiline Terminal and the Attendant Console.
3.
Connect the line cord and the AC adapter to the indicated locations
on the bottom of the Attendant Console.
Line Cord Jack
AC Adapter Plug
Figure 6-13 Connecting the Line Cord and AC Adapter when Installing an
Attendant Console
4.
6 - 12
When the Attendant Console and the Multiline Terminal are properly
connected, they sit side-by-side as shown in Figure 6-14 Attendant
Console and Multiline Terminal.
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals
Electra Elite
Issue 6
5.
Make sure that the AC adapter, supplied with the Attendant Console,
is used. Using a different AC adapter may cause problems. Check
that the supplied voltage matches that specified for the adapter and
plug it in an outlet.
Figure 6-14 Attendant Console and Multiline Terminal
SECTION 6
ADJUSTING THE LCD
The adjustable Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) comes equipped on the
display Electra Elite Multiline Terminals. The LCD can be adjusted by
pushing down or pulling up as desired.
Figure 6-15 Adjusting the LCD
System Hardware Manual
6 - 13
Issue 6
SECTION 7
INSTALLING LINE
CARDS AND PLASTIC
PANELS
Electra Elite
7.1
Line Card and Plastic Panel Installation
Line Cards can be used to print the line key designations. They are
then placed on the Multiline Terminal to provide a quick reference
of key designations to the Multiline Terminal users. The Line Cards
can be changed as necessary. The Plastic Panel is placed on top
of the Line Card to hold it in place.
1.
Place the Line Card over the keys on the Multiline Terminal.
2.
Place the tabs on the bottom of the plastic panel into the
grooves at the terminal bottom, and press top right and left
ends to secure plastic panel to the Multiline Terminal. Refer to
Figure 6-16 Installing Line Card and Plastic Panel on a
Multiline Terminal and Figure 6-17 Installing Plastic Panel on
a Multiline Terminal.
Figure 6-16 Installing Line Card and Plastic Panel on a Multiline
Terminal
6 - 14
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Figure 6-17 Installing Plastic Panel on a Multiline Terminal
7.2
Plastic Panel Removal
Lift the right corner, raise the panel, and slide the bottom away from
the Multiline Terminal.
Never pull on the bottom of the plastic panel
to remove it; the plastic panel could be
damaged.
Figure 6-18 Removing the Plastic Panel from the Multiline
Terminal
System Hardware Manual
6 - 15
Issue 6
SECTION 8
REMOVING SOFTKEYS
Electra Elite
If the softkeys on the Multiline Terminal are not used, they can be removed
using the following procedure:
1.
Remove the softkeys by pulling the softkey plate upward as shown in
Figure 6-19 Removing Softkeys.
Figure 6-19 Removing Softkeys
2.
6 - 16
Install the plastic panel again.
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals
Electra Elite
SECTION 9
ADJUSTING THE
HEIGHT OF THE
MULTILINE TERMINAL
Issue 6
The base plate on the Electra Elite Multiline Terminal is hinged to allow
adjustment to raise or lower the terminal.
1.
Turn the Multiline Terminal upside down and locate the tabs as
shown in Figure 6-20 Locating the Adjustment Tabs on the Multiline
Terminal.
Figure 6-20 Locating the Adjustment Tabs on the Multiline
Terminal
2.
Push the adjustment tabs and raise the base plate until it locks.
Figure 6-21 Raising the Base Plate on the Multiline Terminal
System Hardware Manual
6 - 17
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.
The length of the cord can be adjusted by pulling the line cord though
the groove in the bottom of the Multiline Terminal.
Figure 6-22 Adjusting the Line Cord Length
4.
To lower the base plate on the Multiline Terminal, push on the
adjustment tabs and push the base plate downward.
Tab
Figure 6-23 Lowering the Base Plate on the Multiline Terminal
6 - 18
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals
Electra Elite
SECTION 10
INSTALLING A Dterm ®
CORDLESS LITE OR
Dterm ® CORDLESS II
TERMINAL
Issue 6
10.1
Selecting an Installation Location
Select a location to avoid excessive heat or humidity. The base
unit should be placed on a desk or tabletop near a standard 120
Vac outlet and within reach of the telephone line connection on the
Electra Elite Multiline Terminal. Keep the base unit and the
handset away from sources of electrical noise (e.g. fluorescent
lighting).
Figure 6-24 Dterm Cordless Lite Terminal
System Hardware Manual
6 - 19
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Figure 6-25 D term Cordless II
10.2
Connecting the Telephone Cords
The Dterm Cordless Lite or Cordless II terminal is connected to the
telephone line and to the host telephone using two telephone line
jacks on the back of the Base Unit: LINE IN and LINE OUT.
Observe the
installation.
1.
6 - 20
following
warnings
during
Never install telephone wiring during a lightning storm.
Never touch uninsulated telephone wires or terminals unless
the telephone line has been disconnected at the network
interface.
Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines.
Unplug the telephone line cord from the host telephone, and
connect it to the LINE IN jack.
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals
Electra Elite
Issue 6
2.
10.3
Using the telephone line cord supplied with the Dterm
Cordless Terminal, connect the LINE OUT jack to the host
telephone jack.
Applying Power to the Base Unit
1.
Plug the AC Adapter cord into the AC Adapter input jack on
the Base Unit.
Use only the AC Adapter supplied with the Dterm
Handset Cordless Terminal.
2.
Plug the AC Adapter into a standard 120 Vac wall outlet.
3.
Route the power cord where it does not create a trip hazard or
where it could become chafed and create a fire or other
electrical hazards.
The AC Adapter furnished with this phone can be
equipped with a polarized line plug (a plug having one
blade wider than the other). This plug fits into the power
outlet only one way. When you cannot insert the plug
fully into the outlet, reverse the plug. When the plug still
does not fit, contact your facilities coordinator about
replacing the obsolete plug. Do not alter the shape of
the blades of the polarized plug.
Line IN from
Telephone Jack
Line OUT to Host
Figure 6-26 Connecting the Base Unit
System Hardware Manual
6 - 21
Issue 6
Electra Elite
SECTION 11
INSTALLING Dterm ®
HANDSET CORDLESS
TERMINAL
11.1
Selecting an Installation Location
Select a location for the DTP-16HC-1(BK) TEL to avoid excessive
heat or humidity. The base unit should be placed on a desk or
tabletop near a standard 120 Vac outlet and within reach of the
telephone line connection on the Electra Elite Multiline Terminal.
Keep the base unit and the handset away from sources of electrical
noise (e.g., fluorescent lighting).
11.2
Connecting the Telephone Cord
The Base Unit of the DTP-16HC-1(BK) Tel has two jacks on the
back: LINE and DC24V.
Observe the
installation.
following
warnings
during
Never install telephone wiring during a lightning storm.
Never touch uninsulated telephone wires or terminals unless
the telephone line has been disconnected at the network
interface.
Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines.
Using the telephone line cord supplied with the terminal, connect
the LINE jack to the telephone line.
6 - 22
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Figure 6-27 D term Handset Cordless Terminal
11.3
System Hardware Manual
Applying Power to the Base Unit
1.
Power to charge the battery is supplied from the Telephone
line.
2.
An ACA-U Unit must be installed in the optional DC24V jack
on the Base Unit to provide power for the Dterm Handset
Cordless terminal.
3.
Plug the ACA-U Unit into a standard 120 Vac wall outlet.
4.
The power level between the Handset and the Base is
10mW.
5.
When the ACA-U Unit is used, route the power cord where it
does not create a trip hazard or where it could become
chafed and create a fire or electrical hazard.
6 - 23
Issue 6
SECTION 12
INSTALLING A Dterm ®
ANALOG CORDLESS
TERMINAL
Electra Elite
12.1
Selecting an Installation Location
Select a location to avoid excessive heat or humidity. The base
unit should be placed on a desk or tabletop near a standard 120
Vac outlet and within reach of the telephone line connection on the
Electra Elite Multiline Terminal. Keep the base unit and the
handset away from sources of electrical noise (e.g. fluorescent
lighting).
Figure 6-28 Dterm Analog Cordless Terminal
12.2
Connecting the Telephone Cord
The DTR-1R-1 Dterm Analog Cordless terminal is connected to an
analog port on the KSU using one of the following: SLI(4)/(8)-U10
or OPX(2)-U10 ETU, SLT(1)-U10 ADP, or APR-U Unit connected
to the multiline terminal. A TEL LINE jack is located on back of the
base unit of the D term Analog Cordless terminal.
Observe the
installation.
6 - 24
following
warnings
during
Never install telephone wiring during a lightning storm.
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Never touch uninsulated telephone wires or terminals unless
the telephone line has been disconnected at the network
interface.
Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines.
Using the telephone line cord supplied with the Dterm Analog
Cordless terminal, connect the TEL LINE to the telephone line.
12.3 Applying Power to the Base Unit
1.
Plug the AC Adapter connector in the DC IN 9V jack.
2.
Route the power cord where it does not create a trip hazard or
where it could become chafed and create a fire or other
electrical hazards.
3.
Plug the AC Adapter in a standard 120 Vac wall outlet.
System Hardware Manual
The AC Adapter furnished with this phone should be
equipped with a polarized line plug (a plug having one
blade wider than the other). This plug fits into the power
outlet only one way. If you cannot insert the plug fully
into the outlet, reverse the plug. When the plug still
does not fit, contact your facilities coordinator about
replacing the obsolete plug. Do not alter the shape of
the blades of the polarized plug.
6 - 25
Issue 6
Electra Elite
SECTION 13
Dterm ® PS
II
13.1
Description
This terminal has wireless communication with a Zone Transceiver
(ZT II) that is directly connected to the system. Refer to Figure 6-29
Dterm PS II Wireless Terminal.
Figure 6-29 Dterm PS II Wireless Terminal
6 - 26
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals
Electra Elite
SECTION 14
WALL MOUNTING THE
DTP-1-1 TEL AND
DTP-1HM-1 TEL
Issue 6
14.1
Hanger Hook
1.
Remove the hook from the unit.
Figure 6-30 Removing the Hook
2.
Turn the hook over (back to the front) with the tab toward the
top.
Figure 6-31 Turning the Hook Over
3.
Slide the hook on its glides back down into position forming
the hanger hook for the handset.
Figure 6-32 Sliding the Hook into Position
System Hardware Manual
6 - 27
Issue 6
Electra Elite
14.2
Using Installed Modular Wall Plate
1.
Unscrew the three screws on the unit to remove the plate.
Figure 6-33 Removing the Screws
2.
Replace the plate and screw in the two positions. (One
remaining screw can be screwed in at the original third
position.)
Figure 6-34 Replacing the Plate and Screw
6 - 28
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.
Loosen the screws on the wall telephone plate to protrude a
bit.
Figure 6-35 Protruding Screws
4.
Install the telephone with the plate on the protruding screws.
Figure 6-36 Mounting the Telephone
System Hardware Manual
6 - 29
Issue 6
Electra Elite
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
6 - 30
Installing Electra Elite Multiline Terminals
Installing Optional
Equipment
SECTION 1
GENERAL
INFORMATION
Chapter 7
Optional equipment enhances the Electra Elite 192 system. This
equipment can be purchased separately from the system and added as
the customer business grows. Except as noted, these adapters can be
installed on Electra Elite Multiline Terminals. With the exception of the
VDD-U Unit, the adapters can also be used with Dterm Series E Multiline
Terminals.
A Multiline Terminal can have up to three adapters installed at the same
time. When attaching an APR-U, CTA-U, CTU(C)-U, CTU(S)-U, HFU-U,
or VDD-U Unit, an external power supply is required. Only one power
supply is needed even when more than one adapter is installed.
When an adapter is installed for the first time into a telephone, the base
cover on the Multiline Terminal may have to be modified. The base cover
has two access panels that are removed before the cover can be closed
over the adapters to complete the installation.
SECTION 2
PREPARING MULTILINE
TERMINAL FOR
ADAPTER
INSTALLATION
System Hardware Manual
To prepare the Multiline Terminal for adapter installation:
1.
Unplug the telephone cord from the terminal.
2.
Turn the terminal upside down. Push the tabs indicated in Figure 7-1
Raising the Base Plate, and raise the inner area of the base plate.
7-1
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Figure 7-1 Raising the Base Plate
3.
Insert a flat head screwdriver into A in Figure 7-2 Unlocking Tab and
press straight down until tab unlocks.
Figure 7-2 Unlocking Tab
7-2
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
4.
Lightly press the right side of leg shown as B in Figure 7-3 Releasing
Right Tab, insert a flat head screwdriver at C. Press straight down
until other tab unlocks.
Figure 7-3 Releasing Right Tab
5.
Open and remove the bottom cover by rotating counterclockwise as
shown in Figure 7-4 Removing Bottom Cover.
Figure 7-4 Removing Bottom Cover
System Hardware Manual
7-3
Issue 6
Electra Elite
6.
When an adapter is being installed, press tabs A and B to remove the
dummy end from the base plate as shown in Figure 7-5 Removing
Base Plate Dummy End.
Figure 7-5 Removing Base Plate Dummy End
7.
Cut the dummy end in half as shown in Figure 7-6 Cutting Dummy
End in Half.
Figure 7-6 Cutting Dummy End in Half
7-4
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
8.
When the adapter is installed in connector 1 as shown in Figure 7-7
Installing Adapter in Connector 1, Install the dummy end B as shown
in Figure 7-8 Installing Dummy End B.
Figure 7-7 Installing Adapter in Connector 1
Figure 7-8 Installing Dummy End B
9.
System Hardware Manual
When the Adapter is installed in Connector 2, install dummy end A in
the other slot.
7-5
Issue 6
SECTION 3
INSTALLATION
PROCEDURES
Electra Elite
3.1
ACA-U Unit (AC Adapter)
This unit provides power to ancillary devices, Attendant Consoles,
or the DTP-16HC-1(BK) TEL. Except for the DTP-16HC-1(BK)
TEL, the ACA-U Unit must be connected to an adapter that is
installed on a Multiline Terminal. When more than one adapter is
installed on a Multiline Terminal, only one ACA-U Unit is necessary.
The power requirements for the ACA-U Unit are:
3.1.1
7-6
Input: 120V AC, 60 Hz, 30W
Output: 24V DC, 750 mA
⊕
Polarity:
Connecting the ACA-U Unit
1.
Unplug the line cord from the Multiline Terminal and
unplug the ACA-U Unit from the AC outlet. (Failing
to do this can damage the unit and/or the Multiline
Terminal.)
2.
Prepare Multiline Terminal for adapter installation.
Refer to Section 2 Preparing Multiline Terminal for
Adapter Installation.
3.
Locate the AC Adapter plug on the ancillary device
that is connected to the bottom of the Multiline
Terminal and plug in the AC Adapter.
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
AC Adapter Plug
Figure 7-9 ACA-U Unit Connection
3.2
ADA-U Unit (Ancillary Device Adapter)
Ancillary Device Adapters allow connection of a tape recorder to all
DTP/DTU Multiline Terminals except DTP-2DT-1(WH) and
DTP-16HC-1(BK).
When installing an ADA-U Unit, first connect the cables to the
ADA-U Unit, set the dip switches, and then install the ADA-U Unit
on the Multiline Terminal.
3.2.1
System Hardware Manual
Installing an ADA-U Unit on a Multiline Terminal
1.
Unplug the telephone cord from the Multiline
Terminal.
2.
Prepare Multiline Terminal for adapter installation.
Refer to Section 2 Preparing Multiline Terminal for
Adapter Installation.
3.
Plug the ADA-U Unit connector into the receptacle
connector on the back of the Multiline Terminal.
Snap the ADA-U Unit into the hooks on the Multiline
Terminal to secure it.
7-7
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Figure 7-10 Attaching the ADA-U Unit to the Multiline
Terminal
4.
Replace base plate.
5.
Lead the audio cable out through the groove on the
base cover. Connect the telephone cord.
Figure 7-11 Leading the Audio Cable out from the
ADA-U Unit
7-8
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.2.2
Connecting Cables to the ADA-U Unit
Cable terminal connectors are located on the right side of
the ADA-U Unit. Cables should be connected on this unit
before installing the unit on the Multiline Terminal.
Terminals
Figure 7-12 ADA-U Unit
1.
Cut off the plug on one end of the cable.
2.
Locate the adapter terminals on the right side of the
unit as illustrated in Figure 7-12 ADA-U Unit.
3.
Remove the cap on the adapter terminal to expose
the metal receptacle. Push the cable in the
applicable receptacle, and replace the cap. Line up
the slot on the cap with the slot on the metal
receptacle to ensure proper contact. Refer to Figure
7-13 Attaching Cables to the ADA-U Unit.
Figure 7-13 Attaching Cables to the ADA-U Unit
System Hardware Manual
7-9
Issue 6
Electra Elite
4.
Insulate the end of the cable that needs to be
shielded with insulating tape.
Table 7-1 ADA-U Cable Connections provides a list
of cable connections to ADA-U ADP terminals and
describes the specifications for the terminals.
Table 7-1 ADA-U Cable Connectio ns
Terminal
Number
T1
Cables to Connect
When warning tone is not being sent from
the recorder, connect wire pair input from
tone generator to T1:T2. The warning
tones from the generator are sent to T1:T2
on a dedicated wire pair while the speech
path is sent from the ADA-U on T3:T4 over
a separate wire pair to the recorder.
T2
Terminal Specifications
Input Terminal:
T1 and T2 are enabled for tone
generating device when switches
SW1-3 and SW1- 4 are OFF.
(When switches SW1- 3 and SW1-4 are ON, a
humming sound may be recorded due to impedance
mismatch.)
Input Impedance on T1 and T2: 100K
Ω
Input Level on T1 and T2: –15 dB ~ 40 dB
T3:T4
Connect recorder device wire pair speech Input/Output Terminal:
Refer to dip switch settings in Table 7-2 ADA-U Unit
input to T3:T4.
When the recorder used supplies a Switch Settings.
warning tone, this tone may also be sent
over the T3:T4 wire pair back to the
terminal.
Connect the bare end of the control cable.
T5
T6
When a Multiline Terminal is idle, this contact is
closed. When the Multiline Terminal goes off-hook
(using the handset, headset, or speakerphone), this
contact is open.
When recorder owner manual specifies start on
open circuit, connect T5 and T6.
Connect the shielded end of the control Provides common connection for control cable.
cable.
Connect the bare end of the control cable.
T7
When the Multiline Terminal is idle, this contact is
open. When the MultilineTerminal is busy (using the
handset, headset, or speakerphone), this contact is
closed.
When recorder owner manual specifies start on
closed circuit, connect T6 and T7.
T8
T9
7 - 10
Unused
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Table 7-1 ADA-U Cable Connections (Continued)
Notes:
When recording in handsfree (half-duplex) mode using the built-in speakerphone, the record warning
tone may not be audible to the far-end party.
The transmit recording level is lower than the receiving voice level for intercom calls; the transmit
recording level for CO calls is normal.
Depending on the recording device(s), separate cables may be required for the warning tone and
speech path. In this case, connect the warning tone cables to input terminals T1 and T2 on the
ADA-U Unit. (T3 and T4 are used as the tape recorder input.)
When remote control of the recorder is necessary, the record start/stop control is provided by
connecting to T5 (or T7) and T6 on the ADA-U Unit. (Connecting to T5 or T7 is determined by the
specifications of the recorder.)
When a warning Tone is provided from the recording equipment, it should be input via T3 and T4 on
ADA-U Unit. Do not use T1 and T2 to input Beep Tone.
Conversations cannot be recorded from terminals connected to an APR-U Unit. Speakerphone calls
through the HFU-U Unit cannot be recorded.
3.2.3
Switch Settings
The DIP Switch is located at the bottom center of the
ADA-U Unit. The DIP Switch allows a technician to
configure the board to specific settings. Figure 7-14
ADA-U Unit Switch Settings shows the default settings.
Terminals
Dip Switch
Default Settings
Figure 7-14 ADA-U Unit Switch Settings
System Hardware Manual
7 - 11
Issue 6
Electra Elite
The following switch settings should be made on the
ADA-U Unit to enable or disable the record start warning
tone. Switch settings should be made before installing the
ADA-U Unit in the Multiline Terminal. Refer to Table 7-2
ADA-U Unit Switch Settings.
Table 7-2 ADA-U Unit Switch Settings
Switch
Setting
Description
SW1–1
On
When the ADA-U provides
control to the recorder,
SW1-1 should be set to
On, otherwise set it to Off.
SW1–2
Off
Leave Off
SW1–3
and
SW1-4
SW1–3
SW1–4
ON
ON
SW1–3
SW1–4
OFF
OFF
SW1–5
SW1–6
OFF
ON
SW1–5
SW1–6
ON
OFF
Warning
Tone
from
recording device over
same wire pair as speech
path.
Warning
Tone
from
recorder or generator
equipment on dedicated
wire pair to recorder MIC
input
Input impedance is 600
SW1–5
and
SW1–6
7 - 12
Ω
Input impedance is less
than 30
Ω
SW1–7
ON
When warning tone from
any device is sent to
telephone
SW1–8
Off
Leave Off
Do not connect T1 and T2 when switches SW1-3 and SW1-4
are ON.
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.3
APA-U Unit (Analog Port Adapter)
The Analog Port Adapter without Ringer is the interface for
installing Single Line Telephones, Modems, Credit Card Readers,
Wireless Headsets, NEC VoicePoint/VoicePoint Plus Conferencing
unit, and other compatible analog devices. The APA-U Unit does
not generate a ringing signal. One user-adjustable switch with two
settings is provided on the adapter. Setting 1 allows impedance to
be set to 600Ω for devices such as modems. Setting 2 is used for
complex impedance devices such as a Single Line Telephone.
Figure 7-15 APA-U Unit
3.3.1
Installing APA-U Unit on any DTP/DTU Multiline Terminal
except DTP-2DT-1(WH) and DTP-16HC-1(BK).
1.
Prepare Multiline Terminal for adapter installation.
Refer to Section 2 Preparing Multiline Terminal for
Adapter Installation.
2.
Plug the unit into the receptacle connector inside the
base plate. Refer to Figure 7-16 Attaching the Unit
to the Multiline Terminal.
System Hardware Manual
The APA-U Unit does not require an ACA-U Unit to
supply external power.
7 - 13
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Close the base plate, and snap the cover in place.
Figure 7-16 Attaching the Unit to the Multiline Terminal
3.3.2
3.
Install a ferrite core (provided with the APA-U Unit)
by looping line cord through the core between the
terminal (1 inch from the terminal) and ESI(8)-U10
ETU. This core is only used with the APA-U Unit.
4.
Plug in the power cord on the AC adapter and the
telephone cord in the jack.
Switch Settings
The APA-U Unit has one switch.
Figure 7-17 APA-U Unit Switches
7 - 14
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Refer to Table 7-3 APA-U Unit Switch Settings for SW3.
Table 7-3 APA-U Unit Switch Settings for SW3
3.3.3
Switch
Description
SW3–1
Sets impedance to 600 for devices such as
modems or facsimile machines
SW3–2
Used for complex impedance devices such as
Single Line Telephones.
Ω
Connecting Cables on the APA-U Unit
Plug the telephone cord from the Single Line Telephone
into the modular jack on the APA-U Unit. Refer to Figure
7-18 Connecting Cables on the APA-U Unit.
Limit the cable length from the APA-U Unit to the Single
Line Telephone to a maximum of 50 feet.
Figure 7-18 Connecting Cables on the APA-U Unit
System Hardware Manual
7 - 15
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.4
APR-U Unit (Analog Port Ringer)
The Analog Port Adapter with Ringing is the interface for installing
Single Line Telephones, modems, NEC VoicePoint/VoicePoint Plus
Conferencing unit, and other compatible analog devices. The
APR-U Unit also generates ringing signals. By providing ring
generation, the user can install a personal fax machine or an
answering machine for convenience.
Two user-adjustable
switches are provided on the adapter; one allows for 600Ω or a
complex impedance interface to devices such as a modem or
Single Line Telephone, the second switch (SW1) is set to position
2.
An AC Adapter is required.
If a CTA-U, CTU(C)-U, CTU(S)-U, HFU-U or VDD-U Unit and an
APR-U Unit are both installed, only one AC Adapter is required.
ACA-U Unit
(AC Adapter)
Figure 7-19 APR-U Unit
3.4.1
7 - 16
Installing an APR-U Unit on any DTP/DTU Multiline
Terminal except DTP-2DT-1(WH) and DTP-16HC-1(BK)
1.
Prepare Multiline Terminal for adapter installation.
Refer to Section 2 Preparing Multiline Terminal for
Adapter Installation.
2.
Plug the unit into the receptacle connector inside
the base plate. Refer to Figure 7-20 Attaching the
Unit to the Multiline Terminal.
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Figure 7-20 Attaching the Unit to the Multiline Terminal
3.
Plug the cord of the ACA-U Unit (AC adapter) into
the jack on the APR-U Unit. Lead the telephone
cord out through the groove in the base as shown in
Figure 7-21 Leading the Telephone Cord out from
the Unit.
Figure 7-21 Leading the Telephone Cord out from the
Unit
System Hardware Manual
7 - 17
Issue 6
Electra Elite
4.
Close the base plate, lead the AC adapter cord out
through the hole, and snap the cover in place.
Figure 7-22 Closing the Base Plate Cover
7 - 18
5.
Install a ferrite core (provided with the APR-U Unit)
by looping line cord through the core between the
terminal (1 inch from the terminal) and ESI(8)-U10
ETU. This core is only used with the APR-U Unit.
6.
Plug in the power cord on the AC adapter and the
telephone cord in the jack.
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.4.2
Switch Settings
The APR-U Unit has two switches.
Figure 7-23 APR-U Unit Switches
Refer to Table 7-4 APR-U Unit Switch Settings for SW1
and SW3.
Table 7-4 APR-U Unit Switch Settings for SW1 and SW3
Switch
SW1–1
Description
Do not use
A Single Line Telephone
Terminal are used alternately.
and
Multiline
SW1–2
(The Multiline Terminal and the APR-U Unit
share the same B1 channel.)
System Hardware Manual
Ω
SW3–1
Sets impedance to 600 for devices such as
modems or facsimile machines.
SW3–2
Used for complex impedance devices such as
Single Line Telephones.
7 - 19
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.4.3
Connecting Cables on the APR-U Unit
Plug the telephone cord from the Single Line Telephone
in the modular jack on the APR-U Unit.
Limit the cable length from the APR-U Unit to the Single
Line Telephone to a maximum of 50 feet.
Figure 7-24 Connecting Cables on the APR-U Unit
7 - 20
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.5
CTA-U Unit (Computer Telephony Application)
Computer Telephony Application allows a DTP or DTU Multiline
Terminal connection to a PC. The PC can perform all Multiline
Terminal functions using a TAPI-compatible application software.
Figure 7-25 Attaching an Electra Elite Multiline Terminal to a PC
The CTA-U Unit is attached to the bottom of any DTP/DTU Multiline
Terminal except DTP-2DT-1(WH) and DTP-16HC-1(BK).
ACA-U Unit (AC
Adapter)
Figure 7-26 CTA-U Unit
System Hardware Manual
7 - 21
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.5.1
Installing the CTA-U Unit
1.
Prepare Multiline Terminal for adapter installation.
Refer to Section 2 Preparing Multiline Terminal for
Adapter Installation.
2.
Plug the unit into the receptacle connector inside
the base plate on the Multiline Terminal. Refer to
Figure 7-27 Attaching the Unit to the Multiline
Terminal.
Figure 7-27 Attaching the Unit to the Multiline
Terminal
3.
3.5.2
Close the base plate.
Connecting the Cables on the CTA-U Unit
Connect the RS-232C cable from the computer to the
connector on the CTA-U Unit as shown in Figure 7-28
Connecting the RS-232C Cable to the CTA-U Unit on the
Multiline Terminal.
7 - 22
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Figure 7-28 Connecting the RS-232C Cable to the CTA-U
Unit on the Multiline Terminal
3.5.3
Installing the Driver on the PC
Using the setup disk provided with the CTA-U Unit install
the driver on your PC. Refer to the CTA installation Guide
for instructions on installing CTA setup disks.
3.6
Computer Telephony Adapter with USB Interface
The CTU adapter connects to a PC USB port to provide telephony
and sound device control. The general functions of the CTU
include:
System Hardware Manual
Telephony Control
The application is based on the Microsoft Telephony
Application Programming Interface (TAPI) and provides call
handling on the PC (e.g., call, answer, Hold, Transfer,
Conference, or Caller ID).
User Interface to support Dterm Emulation
This function provides the functions of Dterm such as normal
telephone indications, LCD, Line keys, or Hookswitch.
Sound Support
Allows voice recording or recording playing on an audio
device assigned to the PC. Voice Mail and Live Record are
supported on the PC.
Supports Plug and Play
7 - 23
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Headset Operation
When user uses CTU and TAPI and sets data for Telephony
Service Provider (TSP), the headset button can be controlled
by TSP.
USB Interface
This adapter uses Full Speed (12Mbps) as defined in the
USB Specification.
3.6.1
CTU(C)-U Unit Connections
This unit is a Computer Telephony Application adapter to
connect a Universal Serial Bus to a Coreline port on the
VDH2(8)-U10 ETU and can be connected to any
DTP/DTU Multiline Terminal except DTP-2DT-1(WH) and
DTP-16HC-1(BK).
A required AC Adapter is provided with the unit.
The following connections are required:
AC Adapter
Multiline Terminal jack labeled LINE
PC USB port
Coreline interface to VDH2(8)-U10 ETU
LAN cable to PC
DC 24V (ADP)
USB Cable to
PC
To VDH Port
To PC NIC Card
To DTP or DTU Multiline Terminal
Figure 7-29 CTU (C)-U Unit
7 - 24
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.6.2
CTU(S) Unit Connections
This unit is a Computer Telephony Application adapter to
connect a Universal Serial Bus to an ESI(8)-U10 ETU and
can be connected to any DTP/DTU Multiline Terminal
except DTP-2DT-1(WH) and DTP-16HC-1(BK).
A required AC Adapter is provided with the unit.
The following connections are required:
AC Adapter
Multiline Terminal jack labeled LINE
PC USB port
ESI port to ESI(8)-U10 ETU
DC 24V (ADP)
USB Cable to PC
To ESI port
To DTP or DTU Multiline Terminal
Figure 7-30 CTU (S)-U Unit
System Hardware Manual
7 - 25
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.7
DBM(B)-U10 Box and DBM(E)-U10 Box Message Display
Boards
The DBM(B)-U10 basic Message Display Board is connected to
the ESI(8)-U10 ETU to provide a message waiting LED for voice
mailboxes of personnel without a normal telephone. Each board
has eight message waiting LEDs, and up to eight boards can be
installed in the Electra Elite 192 system to support 64 LEDs.
The DBM(E)-U10 expansion Message Display Board has eight
message waiting LEDs and is connected to the DBM(B)-U10 or
another expansion board. Each DBM(B)-U10 basic board can
support up to five expansion boards and 40 additional LEDs.
The total number of LEDs is 384, but the Electra Elite 192 System
can only support up to 200 mailbox indications. Multiple locations
of the same mailbox are permitted. Refer to Figure 7-31
DBM(B)-U10 & DBM(E)-U10 Message Display Boards and Figure
7-32 Maximum Display Indications.
Figure 7-31 DBM(B)-U10 & DBM(E)-U10 Message Display Boards
7 - 26
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Figure 7-32 Maximum Display Indications
3.7.1
Connecting DBM(E)-U10 Box to DBM(B)-U10 Box or
Another DBM(E)-U10 Box
1.
System Hardware Manual
Use wire cutters to remove the cutout on right side
of DBM(B)/(E) cover. Refer to Figure 7-33
Removing Cutout. Place the provided edge
protector on the top of the cutout.
7 - 27
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Figure 7-33 Removing Cutout
2.
Remove the display plate from DBM(B)/(E) and
DBM(E), and peel off the cover sheet on both.
3.
Insert protruding side of the cable from the DBM(E)
in DBM(B) CN7 or in CN7 of the previous DBM(E).
4.
Slide the bracket on DBM(E) being installed into the
groves on DBM(B)/(E) and tighten the nuts and
bolts. Refer to Figure 7-34 Connecting the Bracket.
Figure 7-34 Connecting the Bracket
7 - 28
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
5.
Ensure that the internal end of the cable is
connected to DBM(E) CN2.
6.
3.7.2
The second expansion board must have this
cable connected internally to DBM(E) CN3 and
externally to the first DBM(E) CN7. The third,
fourth, and fifth expansion board cables are
connected externally to the previous DBM(E)
CN7 and internally to CN4, CN5, and CN6
respectively.
After all expansion boards are connected, place the
white cover sheets back on the DBM(B)-U10 and all
expansion boards, and install the display panels.
Wall Mounting DBM(B)-U10 and Expansion Boards
1.
Refer to the template, and thread the included screw
into the wall at location for the top hole of the
DBM(B)-U10 Box. Leave screw extended 1/8 inch.
Refer to Figure 7-35 Threading Screw into Wall.
Figure 7-35 Threading Screw into Wall
2.
System Hardware Manual
Place hole for mounting over the screw, and Hang
the DBM(B)-U10 on the screw. Refer to Figure 7-36
Hanging DBM(B)-U10 on Screw.
7 - 29
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Figure 7-36 Hanging DBM(B)-U10 on Screw
3.
Remove the display panel to access screws, and
thread the in place bottom screws on the outside
boards into the wall. Refer to Figure 7-37 Installing
Bottom Screws.
Figure 7-37 Installing Bottom Screws
7 - 30
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
4.
3.7.3
Tighten the top screw on the DBM(B)-U10 Box.
When four or five expansion boards are used,
install the bottom screw on the middle unit as
well.
Connecting the DBM(B) to Power and ESI
1.
Refer to Figure 7-38 Connecting DBM(B)-U10, and
Connect the provided AC Adapter to the
DBM(B)-U10.
Figure 7-38 Connecting DBM(B)-U10
System Hardware Manual
2.
Connect the line cable to the DBM(B)-U10.
3.
Place the clamp around the cables, insert the clamp
screw, and attach clamp to the DBM(B)-U10.
4.
Refer to Figure 7-39 Connecting DBM(B)-U10 to ESI
Port, and connect the display board system to ESI.
7 - 31
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Figure 7-39 Connecting DBM(B)-U10 to ESI Port
3.8
HFU-U(BK)/(WH) Unit (Handsfree Unit)
The Handsfree Unit provides full-duplex handsfree communication.
Large areas may cause poor full-duplex operation. This unit comes
with the handsfree adapter and an external microphone. With
terminal upside down, facing from the bottom of the open cover,
install this unit in Telephone Slot 1.
Figure 7-40 HFU-U(BK)/(WH) Unit
3.8.1
Installing an HFU-U(BK)/(WH) Unit on any DTP/DTU
Multiline
Terminal
except DTP-2DT-1(WH) and
DTP-16HC-1(BK)
Refer to 3.4.1 Installing an APR-U Unit on any DTP/DTU
Multiline Terminal except DTP-2DT-1(WH) and DTP16HC-1(BK) The instructions for installing these units are
the same.
7 - 32
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.8.2
Installing the External Microphone
An external microphone can be installed on the
HFU-U(BK)/(WH) Unit. These instructions apply to the
external microphone obtained from NEC. The microphone
is equipped with a mute button.
Figure 7-41 Microphone with Mute
1.
Plug the microphone cord into the jack on the
HFU-U (BK)/(WH) Unit as shown in Figure 7-42
Attaching a Microphone to a Multiline Terminal.
The microphone should be between one foot and
three feet away from the Multiline Terminal.
Minimum 1
Foot from
Multiline
Terminal
Figure 7-42 Attaching a Microphone to a Multiline
Terminal
System Hardware Manual
7 - 33
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.8.3
Switch Settings
The HFU-U(BK)/(WH) Unit uses 2-position switches SW1
and SW2.
Figure 7-43 HFU-U(BK)/(WH) Unit Switches
Refer to Table 7-5 HFU-U Unit Switch Settings.
Table 7-5 HFU-U Unit Switch Settings
SW1
Description
Position
1
Position
2
Position
1
Position
2
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
Full Duplex (Default)
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
Half Duplex (6db mix ratio)
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
Half Duplex (12db mix ratio)
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Half Duplex (18db mix ratio)
7 - 34
SW2
Full Duplex: In some large areas or noisy locations half duplex should be
used. The echo canceling ability of the HFU-U is limited.
Half Duplex: When voice clipping occurs, use a lower decibel setting.
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.9
PCT( )-U10 Unit (PC Telephony Board)
The NEC PC Board is a multifunction PC-AT add-in card with
telephone, sound system, fax, and modem abilities and combines
multimedia audio, Telephone Application Programming Interface
(TAPI), and a 33.6K fax/data modem. The board is available with/
without the built-in modem.
The PC Board replaces an NEC desk set as the primary telephone
device; the telephone line from the wall now plugs directly into the
PC board instead of the desk set. The desk set can be connected
to the PC board and used as an adjunct or auxiliary telephone. An
external microphone and external speakers can also be connected
to the PC Board.
The PC Board allows telephone operations with a headset or
microphone and has the following audio abilities:
Records audio from the calling or called party of a telephone
conversation
Records audio from both parties of a telephone conversation
Records audio (or music) from a microphone, line-level
device, or CD player
Plays live or recorded audio (or music) through an adjunct
telephone, handset or stereo speakers
The PC Board uses Computer Technology Integration (CTI)
technology through Microsoft Windows 95 or higher to support
speech and data transmission, allow a variety of attachment
devices, and support complex calling features such as conference
calls, call waiting, and voice mail.
The PC Board supports the following terminals:
Dterm Series III Multiline Terminals
Dterm Series E Multiline Terminals
Electra Professional Multiline Terminals
Electra Elite Multiline Terminals
The NEC PC Telephony board can be installed on the ISA bus on
any IBM-compatible PC.
Refer to the PCT Installation Guide provided with the PCT-U for
installation instructions.
System Hardware Manual
7 - 35
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.9.1
Connecting a MIC/Line-In
3.10
When using the microphone input (MIC), connect an
electric condenser microphone. Phantom power
(-2.2 Vdc) is supplied.
When using the line-level input (Line-In), connect to
a line-level device such as a CD or cassette player.
SLT(1)-U10 ADP (Single Line Telephone)
The Single Line Telephone adapter provides an interface for Single
Line Telephones and other similar devices from an ESI ETU
channel. This adapter can be connected to any ESI port.
3.10.1
Connecting the SLT(1)-U10 ADP to the System
1.
Connect one end of the RJ-11 to the ESI port on the
KSU and one end to the ESI jack on the SLT
Adapter.
2.
Connect one end of a second RJ-11 to the TEL jack
on the SLT Adapter and the other end to the Single
Line Telephone.
SLT(1)-U10 ADP
TE L
E SI
RJ-11
RJ-11
2-wire
2-wire
ESI
Figure 7-44 Connecting a Single Line Telephone to the
System using an SLT(1)-U10 ADP
7 - 36
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Modular Terminal
ESI ETU
GN
SLT(1)-U10 ADP
Y
3
T
R
To ESI
4
RD
BL
Base Cord
ESI Port
Modular Terminal Connections
Single Line Telephone Connections
Figure 7-45 Connecting the SLT(1)-U10 ADP
System Hardware Manual
7 - 37
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.10.2
Wall Mounting the SLT(1)-U10 ADP
1.
Remove the two screws from the top to open the
SLT Adapter as shown in Figure 7-46 Removing the
Screws from the SLT(1)-U10 ADP.
Figure 7-46 Removing the Screws from the
SLT(1)-U10 ADP
2.
Using the two provided wood screws, attach the unit
to the wall. Close the unit and secure with the two
screws that were previously removed.
Figure 7-47 Attaching the SLT(1)-U10 ADP to the
Wall
7 - 38
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.11 VDD-U Unit (Voice/Data Unit for Digital Terminals)
This unit provides the station and LAN split for digital terminals.
This adapter can be installed on any Electra Elite Multiline Terminal
except DTP-2DT-1(WH) and DTP-16HC-1(BK). It is used when
LAN and telephone lines are incorporated into one cable.
Figure 7-48 VDD-U Unit
3.11.1
Installing a VDD-U Unit on a Multiline Terminal
Refer to 3.5 CTA-U Unit (Computer Telephony
Application). The instructions for installing these units are
the same.
3.11.2
Connecting Cables to the VDD-U Unit
1.
If the Multiline Terminal is already connected to the
ESI(8)-U10 ETU, unplug the telephone cord.
2.
Plug the cable from the VDH2(8)-U10 ETU and from
the PC LAN board into the modular jacks on the
VDD-U Unit. The jacks are labeled. Plug the cable
from the VDD-U Unit into the modular jack on the
Multiline Terminal.
Limit the cable length from the VDH to the PC via
the VDD to a maximum of 328 feet (100 meters).
System Hardware Manual
When LAN cables are reversed on the VDD-U Unit,
the unit is not damaged, but the Multiline Terminal
does not operate.
7 - 39
Issue 6
Electra Elite
LAN Cable to
VDH2(8)-U10
LAN Cable
to PC
Figure 7-49 Connecting the Cables on the VDD-U Unit
3.12
Wall Mounting
Any Electra Elite Multiline Terminal can be mounted on a wall.
Multiline Terminals can be wall mounted by using the base unit that
comes with the Multiline Terminal or by using the WMU-U Unit to
accommodate adapters that are installed on the Multiline Terminal.
3.12.1
7 - 40
Removing and Remounting the Handset Hanger
1.
Remove the hanger by sliding it out of the slot.
2.
Install it back in its original position so that the
hanger protrudes providing a rest for the handset.
(This procedure applies when using either the base
unit or the WMU-U Unit.) Refer to Figure 7-50
Positioning the Handset Hanger for the steps for
removing and remounting the handset hanger.
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
–
—
Figure 7-50 Positioning the Handset Hanger
3.12.2
System Hardware Manual
Wall Mounting using the Base Unit
1.
Refer to Section 2 Preparing Multiline Terminal for
Adapter Installation, and perform Steps 1~5.
2.
Press both sides of the base cover and turn it left to
remove it.
3.
Rotate base cover 180°, and install it again on the
Multiline Terminal.
4.
Remove the shaded base plate knockout shown on
Figure 7-51 Removing the Knockout with nippers.
7 - 41
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Figure 7-51 Removing the Knockout
5.
Assemble the base plate and base cover.
6.
As illustrated in Figure 7-52 Attaching the Base
Plate to the Wall, attach the base plate and base
cover assembly (wide end down) to the posts on the
locally provided and installed wall plate. Place
locally provided screws in the nodes on the base
plate and secure the assembly to the wall.
Nodes
Posts
Nodes
Figure 7-52 Attaching the Base Plate to the Wall
7 - 42
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
When using a modular jack instead of a wall plate,
put the modular jack inside the base unit as shown
in Figure 7-53 Wall Mounting using a Modular Jack .
Use the locally provided screws to attach the base
unit directly to the wall.
Figure 7-53 Wall Mounting using a Modular Jack
Plug the line cord into the jack on the wall plate,
wrap the extra cord and secure it with a tie wrap,
and lead the line cord out through the groove in the
side of the base unit.
Figure 7-54 Plugging in the Line Cord using a Wall
Jack
System Hardware Manual
7 - 43
Issue 6
Electra Elite
When using a modular jack instead of a wall plate,
plug the line cord into the modular jack, wrap the
extra cord and secure it with a tie wrap, and lead the
line cord out through the groove in the side of the
base unit.
Figure 7-55 Plugging in the Line Cord Using a
Modular Jack
7.
With the base plate and base cover assembly
attached to the wall, hook the two bottom tabs on
the base cover into the tab slots on the base of the
Multiline Terminal.
Base Unit
Multiline
Terminal
Line Cord
Wall
Tab
Tab Slots
Figure 7-56 Attaching the Bottom Tabs of the Multiline
Terminal to the Base Cover
7 - 44
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
8.
Push up on the Multiline Terminal and lock the top
tabs on the base cover into the tab slots on the base
of the Multiline Terminal. Turn terminal slightly
clockwise to interface with base cover. Figure 7-57
Attaching the Top Tabs of the Multiline Terminal to
the Base Plate shows how the Multiline Terminal is
attached.
Tab Slots
Multiline
Terminal
Tabs
Line Cord
Wall
Wall Mount
Unit
Figure 7-57 Attaching the Top Tabs of the Multiline
Terminal to the Base Plate
9.
When properly installed, the wall-mounted Multiline
Terminal looks similar to the one shown in Figure
7-58 Installed Wall Mount Unit.
System Hardware Manual
Do not adjust the tilt panel after the Multiline
Terminal is mounted on the wall.
7 - 45
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Figure 7-58 Installed Wall Mount Unit
3.12.3
Installing the Wall Mount Unit and Mounting the Multiline
Terminal using the WMU-U Unit
When installing any Adapter unit, a separate WMU-U Unit
must be purchased to accommodate this unit.
1.
7 - 46
Remove the line cord, base plate and base cover
from the Multiline Terminal as shown in the previous
section.
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
2.
Cut off the tabs on the adapter as shown in Figure
7-59 Removing the Tabs from the Adapter.
Figure 7-59 Removing the Tabs from the Adapter
3.
Remove the tabs from the WMU-U Unit as shown in
Figure 7-60 Removing the Tabs from the WMU-U
Unit. (Tabs removed depends on the Multiline
Terminal type.)
Cut
Cut
Cut
Cut
Cut
DTP/DTU-8-1(BK)/(WH) TEL
DTP-8D-1/DTU-8D-2(BK)/(WH) TEL
DTP/DTU-16-1(BK)/(WH) TEL
DTP-16D-1/DTU-16D-2(BK)/(WH) TEL
DCU-60-1(BK)/(WH) CONSOLE
DTP/DTU-32-1(BK)/(WH) TEL
DTP-32D-1/DTU-32D-2(BK)/(WH) TEL
Figure 7-60 Removing the Tabs from the WMU-U Unit
4.
System Hardware Manual
Bundle the cord from the modular jack leaving about
eight inches. Use a tie wrap to secure the bundled
cord.
7 - 47
Issue 6
Electra Elite
5.
Place the bundled line cord in the space between
the WMU-U Unit and the wall. Lead the line cord out
through the slits as shown in Figure 7-61 Leading
the Line Cord out of the WMU-U Unit.
Figure 7-61 Leading the Line Cord out of the
WMU-U Unit
6.
Attach the WMU-U Unit to the posts on the wall
plate (locally provided). Place locally provided
screws in the nodes on the WMU-U Unit and secure
the WMU-U Unit to the wall.
Nodes
Posts
Nodes
Figure 7-62 Attaching the Wall Mount Unit to the Wall
7 - 48
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
7.
Connect the line cord to the Multiline Terminal.
8.
With the WMU-U Unit attached to the wall, hook the
two bottom tabs on the WMU-U Mount Unit in the
tab slots on the Multiline Terminal. Then push the
two top tabs on the WMU-U Unit into the tab slots on
the Multiline Terminal. When the adapter has a
power supply, lead the AC adapter cord out through
the opening at the bottom of the Multiline Terminal.
Refer to Figure 7-63 Attaching the Multiline Terminal
to the WMU-U Unit.
WMU-U Unit
Multiline
Terminal
Adapter
Tab Slots
Wall
Figure 7-63 Attaching the Multiline Terminal to the WMU-U Unit
System Hardware Manual
7 - 49
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.12.4
Removing the Multiline Terminal from the Base Cover
To remove the Multiline Terminal from the base cover, lift
the Multiline Terminal to disengage top tabs, turn it slightly
counter clockwise to unlock lower tabs on base cover,
and remove it.
Figure 7-64 Removing the Multiline Terminal from the Base
Cover
3.12.5
Removing the Multiline Terminal from the WMU-U Unit
To remove the Multiline Terminal from the WMU-U Unit,
lift the Multiline Terminal to disengage top tabs and lower
the terminal from the WMU-U Unit.
7 - 50
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.13 Music on Hold
The Electra Elite 192 KSU allows a Music on Hold source to be
connected to the Electra Elite system. Internal or external music
sources can be used. If an internal music source is used (digital
music), external music on hold is not available.
3.13.1
Connecting Audio Sources to the KSU
Connect the plug end into the audio jack on the side of
the base KSU.
MOH
IN
Audio Shielded
Cable
Output
Voice Message or
any Music Source
Power
Terminal
Figure 7-65 Music Source Connections
3.14 Station Background Music
Station Background Music can be provided using an internal or an
external source. The same connection method used for Music on
Hold is used for Station Background Music.
3.15 Paging Connections
When connecting background music, the ECR-U10 ETU is used for
the interface with Paging In/Out, Background Music (External
Speaker) Out and/or External Tone Ringer/Night Chime Out.
System Hardware Manual
7 - 51
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.16
Connecting a KSU to a Personal Computer
To use the Automatic Call Distribution (ACD), Least Cost Routing
(LCR), Wireless, and PC Programming, specialized software must
installed in the user PC and the PC must be connected via a serial
port to the KSU.
3.16.1
Connecting the PC to the KSU
Using RS-232C straight cable, connect the PC to one of
the COM ports on the side of the KSU. Refer to Figure
7-66 Connecting a PC to the KSU.
The functions and the communication port connections
are:
Function
Port
Least Cost Routing (LCR)
COM 1
PC Programming
COM 1
Wireless Programming
COM 1
Station Message Detail
Recording (SMDR)
COM 2
Automatic Call
Distribution (ACD)
COM 4
Serial-port characteristics include:
Characteristic
Baud Rate
Parity
7 - 52
Value
38.4 K
(maximum)
None
Stop Bit
1 stop bit
Data Bit
8 bits
Port Type
DCE
Installing Optional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Figure 7-66 Connecting a PC to the KSU
3.16.2
Connecting the Printer to the KSU
When using the charge control ability, connect the printer
to the KSU to allow the printing of the charge data.
Connect the printer to the serial port on the side of the
KSU with an RS-232C straight cable. Use the COM 2 port
to connect the printer.
3.16.3
Remote Programming using the Built-in Modem (Modem
Kit Unit)
PC programming abilities include Remote Programming.
Connect the CO line to the modem extension number.
The following characteristics apply to the built-in modem.
Characteristic
Baud Rate
Parity
System Hardware Manual
Value
14.4Kpbs
None
Stop Bit
1
Data Bit
8
7 - 53
Issue 6
Electra Elite
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
7 - 54
Installing Optional Equipment
Installing Electra
Professional Equipment
SECTION 1
GENERAL
INFORMATION
SECTION 2
ELECTRA
PROFESSIONAL
MULTILINE TERMINALS
Chapter 8
Electra Professional Multiline Terminals can be installed on an Electra Elite
192 system providing inexpensive migration to the Electra Elite system.
This chapter provides instructions for connecting these terminals to the
Electra Elite 192 system.
The following Electra Professional Multiline Terminals can be connected to
the Electra Elite system.
ETW-8-1/2(BK)/(SW) TEL
ETW-16DC-1/2(BK)/(SW) TEL
ETW-16DD-1/2(BK)/(SW) TEL
ETW-24DS-1/2(BK)/(SW) TEL
EDW-48-1/2(BK)/(SW) DSS/BLF Console
System Hardware Manual
8-1
Issue 6
SECTION 3
CONNECTING AN
ELECTRA
PROFESSIONAL
MULTILINE TERMINAL
TO THE ELECTRA
ELITE SYSTEM
Electra Elite
3.1
Modular Terminal Connections
3.1.1
Connecting Multiline Terminals,
Consoles, and SLT Adapters
Attendant
Add-On
When connecting Electra Professional Multiline Terminals,
Attendant Add-On Consoles, or SLT Adapters to the MDF
or IDF, individually twisted 1-pair cabling must be used.
Refer to Figure 8-1 Modular Terminal Connections for
Multiline Terminals and Attendant Add-On Consoles for an
illustration of connections.
To
MDF
YL
BK
Station
Cable
Y
B
Modular
Terminal
Figure 8-1 Modular Terminal Connections for Multiline
Terminals and Attendant Add-On Consoles
8-2
Installing Electra Professional Equipment
Electra Elite
Issue 6
3.2
Attach a Multiline Terminal to the System
1.
Plug a telephone cord into the modular jack on the bottom
side of the Multiline Terminal.
2.
Lead the cord out through the cord groove as shown in
Figure 8-2 Connect an Electra Professional Multiline Terminal
to the Electra Elite 192 System.
Figure 8-2 Connect an Electra Professional Multiline Terminal
to the Electra Elite 192 System
SECTION 4
INSTALLING AN
ANCILLARY DEVICE
ADAPTER IN THE
MULTILINE TERMINAL
System Hardware Manual
4.1
Ancillary Device Adapter Installation
The ADA(1)-W (BK)/(SW) Unit or the ADA(2)-W (BK)/(SW) Unit
can be installed in any Electra Professional multiline terminal in the
system.
1.
Unplug the line and headset cords.
2.
Turn the multiline terminal upside down and place it on a dry
surface.
3.
Remove the knockout shown in Figure 8-3 Removing
Knockout.
8-3
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Figure 8-3 Removing Knockout
4.
Plug the CN-1 connector on the adapter unit in the CN-4 jack
on the main board. Refer to Figure 8-4 Unit Installation
Figure 8-4 Unit Installation
8-4
Installing Electra Professional Equipment
Electra Elite
SECTION 5
CONNECTING AN
ATTENDANT CONSOLE
TO A MULTILINE
TERMINAL
Issue 6
5.
Install the ADA component side down in the multiline terminal
using the provided screw.
6.
Connect external device (e.g., fax, modem, or answering
machine) using the information provided in ETIs.
7.
When installing ADA(2)-W(BK)/(WH) Unit, plug the AC/DC
adapter in the jack on the side of the unit.
8.
Test multiline terminal operation, and then test external
device operation.
An Attendant Console can be attached to a Multiline Terminal using the
following procedures.
1.
Turn the Multiline Terminal and the Attendant Console face down.
2.
Using the joining plate provided with the Attendant Console, attach
the plate to the Multiline Terminal and the Attendant Console.
Attendant
Console
Multiline
Terminal
Figure 8-5 Connecting an Attendant Console to a Multiline Terminal
System Hardware Manual
8-5
Issue 6
Electra Elite
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
8-6
Installing Electra Professional Equipment
System Maintenance
SECTION 1
INTRODUCTION
Chapter 9
The technician can use this chapter to troubleshoot and diagnose
problems during and after system installation. The troubleshooting flow
charts and general test procedures aid the technician to identify possible
causes of the problem by defining the problem area.
Using the System Data Upload/Download feature, all System
Programming and Speed Dial data can be stored on disk for safe keeping.
After all System Programming is completed, it should be downloaded to a
disk for backup. If system memory fails, this data on the disk can be
uploaded and the memory restored.
SECTION 2
OPERATIONAL
CURRENT AND
VOLTAGE CHECKS
The effectiveness of this maintenance section depends on the technician.
Due to external factors, the technician should not make any assumptions.
For example, don’t assume that a new power supply used to replace
another power supply is working properly. Check the output of the power
supply with a volt meter.
The ESI(8)-U10 ETU allows the measurement of +5V and –24V. This ETU
can be used in the expansion KSU for the power output measurements.
Refer to Table 9-1 Voltage Measurement. Before the technician can
troubleshoot, the correct tools must be available. Some of these are listed
below.
System Hardware Manual
Digital or Analog Multimeter that can read DC and AC current and
voltage and DC Resistance.
Test Set (lineman) that has termination and monitor modes and
DTMF and DP dialing.
9-1
Issue 6
Electra Elite
SECTION 3
OPERATIONAL TEST
PROCEDURES
3.1
Hand tools such as:
•
Screwdrivers (flat and Phillips head)
•
Pliers (long nose and diagonal)
•
Punch down tool
General Information
When an Electra Elite 192 system is first powered up, an
initialization is performed. During this process the CPUB( )-U10
ETU, located in the Basic KSU, scans each interface slot to
determine the hardware configuration used. This information is
stored in the resident system program memory with the system
default values. This section provides test procedures that are used
before, during, and after the initialization process.
3.2
Before Initializing
The technician must follow these steps before initializing the
system.
3.2.1
Cable Connections
All wiring for power supplies or flat cable connectors
should be checked for solid connections.
3.2.2
AC/DC Power
Check all power with an AC/DC multimeter. (Refer to
Table 9-1 Voltage Measurement.) Run this test with only
the CPUB( )-U10 ETU and the ESI(8)-U10 ETU installed.
9-2
System Maintenance
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Table 9-1 Voltage Measurement
Voltages
Tolerance
ESI(8)-U10 ETU
+5V
–-24V
+5 ± 0.25V
–24 ± 0.25V
AC Voltage (117 Vac)
Line to Neutral
Line to Conduit Ground
Neutral to Conduit Ground
Ring Generator (SLT)
117 Vac ± 15%
117 Vac ± 15%
.05 Vac (maximum)
70 ~ 120 Vac @ 20 Hz *
CO Line
Off-hook line current
25 ~ 50 mA
Measuring Points
ESI(8)-U10
TP1 +5V
TP2 GND
TP3 –24V
AC Terminal Strip
Line L to N
Line L to G
Line N to G
Across Tip
Ringing SLT
and
Ring
of
In series with Tip side of the
CO line at the MDF
* Ring voltage may be lower if the meter measures only 60 Hz signals.
3.2.3
Initialization Check
To determine if the system is initializing correctly, only the
Basic KSU, CPUB( )-U10 ETU, one ESI(8)-U10 ETU,
and terminals should be installed on the system. After
initialization, all the terminals assigned to the ESI(8)-U10
ETU can be used for internal calls to one another. (By
default, these stations are assigned station numbers
100~107).
3.3
System Initialization
After the steps described in 3.2 Before Initializing are performed
and verified, the entire system should be initialized.
With power OFF, all interface and option cards can be installed in
the basic KSU. The technician can then power up the system to
perform a First Initialization. After the initialization, each station
display shows default time and date indications.
For example:
System Hardware Manual
12:00 AM WED 1
9-3
Issue 6
Electra Elite
3.4
After Initialization
Ensure the battery on the CPUB(
connected to CN4 on the CPU.
)-U10 ETU is
Before any programming is attempted, connect the battery on the
CPUB( )-U10 ETU to CN4 on the CPU. This prevents loss of
previously programmed data if the system loses power.
Check all ETU slots in software to ensure the initialization process
scanned the installed hardware correctly.
A general system operation check should be performed using
default values prior to system programming.
After all previous steps are performed and any problems corrected,
system programming is complete.
After System Programming is finished, the technician should
perform a Second Initialization. Performing the First Initialization a
second time causes all programming memory to be lost. Second
Initialization refreshes the system RAM without losing any memory.
This completes the installation procedure for the Electra Elite 192
system. The technician should check the operation of each
Multiline Terminal to ensure the system is working properly.
9-4
System Maintenance
Electra Elite
SECTION 4
TROUBLESHOOTING
Issue 6
4.1
Remote Administration and Maintenance
The Maintenance and Diagnostics feature can remotely access the
Electra Elite 192 system for maintenance and diagnostics. The
remote PC and the system are connected via a modem (built-in or
external).
4.2
Problem Solving
To find the cause, consider all problem symptoms carefully. As
each aspect of the problem is considered, the technician is guided
to a probable solution. The problem must be defined as accurately
as possible, so that the most efficient steps to the solution can be
taken. Flowcharts in the next section help define the problem.
4.2.1
System Down
This term describes one of the following situations:
4.2.2
No access to internal dial tone on any Multiline
Terminal or Single Line Telephone is installed.
No LED indication, display indication, or Multiline
Terminal is installed.
No system tones are generated.
Partial Operation
This term refers to any situation that cannot be
completely described under the System Down conditions.
System Hardware Manual
9-5
Issue 6
Electra Elite
4.2.3
Reset
At times, the station and/or the ETU must be reset. The
following resets are used in the system.
4.3
Terminal Reset – Unplug the station line cord from
the station and then plug it back into the station.
ETU Reset – Press the RESET switch.
Flowcharts
Condition
Flowchart
Page
1. No Internal Dial Tone to any
Multiline Terminal or SLT
A1
9-7
2. No LED or Display Indications
on any Multiline Terminal
A2
9-8
1. Radio Frequency Interference
B1
9-9
2. No or Intermittent CO/PBX Ring
C1
9-10
3. Call Dropping
C2
9-11
4. No Outside DialTone Access
C3
9-12
5. CO/PBX Dialing Problem:
Cannot Dial Out on CO
C4
9-13
1. Multiline Terminal Function
D1
9-14
2. Multiline Terminal Ringing
D2
9-15
3. Multiline Terminal Dial Tone
Access
D3
9-16
1. No Dial Tone Access on SLT
E1
9-17
2. No Ringing on SLT
E2
9-18
3. No Dial Access to SLT Features
E3
9-19
E.
Low Volume Problems
F1
9-20
F.
External Paging Problems
G1
9-21
G.
SMDR Output Problems
No Call Accounting System
H1
9-22
A. System Down
B.
C.
D.
9-6
Partial Operations
Multiline Terminal Problems
Single Line Telephone Problems
System Maintenance
Electra Elite
Issue 6
A1
No internal Dial Tone to any Multiline Terminal or SLT
All DC
Voltages
Correct?
Incorrect or No DC Voltage
Check AC Input
Power.
Good
Turn system Off. Disconnect all
connectors and remove all printed
circuit boards except C PU B( )-U 10
and the first installed ES I(8)-U 10 in
the basic KS U associated w ith the
program m ing station .
Turn system On.
Dial Tone on Multiline
Terminal on 1st ESI(8)-U10?
Dial Tone
Build system, one card
at a time until problem
reappears. Replace
defective card.
Correct AC Power
Problem.
AC Power?
Good
Replace
Fuse(s).
Bad
PSU Fuses
F1 and F2
good?
Good
Replace Corresponding
Power Supply.
No Dial Tone
Reset ESI(8)-U10. If trouble
persists, replace ESI(8)-U10.
Bad
Yes
Problem
Solved?
Done.
No
Yes
Dial tone?
No
1. If problem not solved, perform First Initialization
and test. If trouble persists go to step 2.
2. Replace CPUB( )-U10 and test system using
default program.
System Hardware Manual
Remove all ETUs but
one ESI, and retest.
Build system
one card at a
time
and
replace
bad
ETU(s).
Yes
Problem
Solved?
No
Replace KSU.
9-7
Issue 6
Electra Elite
A2
No LED or Display Indications on any Multiline Terminal
All DC
Voltages
OK?
Incorrect or No DC Voltage
Check AC Input
Power.
Good
Terminate one Multiline Terminal from
the basic KSU, 1st ESI(8)-U10
(Programming Station) directly to
MDF and test.
Check
Station
Cabling.
Yes
Terminal
Indications?
Correct AC Power
Problem.
Turn system off. Disconnect
No connectors; remove all ETUs
except CPUB( )-U10 and
first installed ESI(8)-U10 in
basic KSU, associated with
the programming station.
Bad
AC Power?
Good
Replace
Fuse(s).
Bad
PSU Fuses
F1 and F2
G ood?
Good
No Indication
Replace Corresponding
Power Supply.
Terminal
Installed
Indication?
Yes
Reset ESI(8)-U10. If trouble
persists, replace ESI(8)-U10.
Correct
Indication
Done.
Problem
Solved?
No
Correct
Indications?
Rebuild System one card at
a time. If problem reappears
replace defective card(s).
None
1. If problem not solved, perform First Initialization
and test. If trouble persists go to step 2.
2. Replace CPUB( )-U10 and test system using
default program.
9-8
Build system
one card at a
time and
replace bad
ETU(s).
Remove all ETUs but
one ESI, and retest.
Yes
Problem
Solved?
No
Replace KSU.
System Maintenance
Electra Elite
Issue 6
B1
Radio Frequency Interference (RFI)
Is interference only on outside calls
or anytime station is off-hook?
Remove one CO line
at MDF and test using
standard SLT.
On CO calls only
RFI Event?
Multiline Terminal off-Hook
No
RFI on CO
Lines?
Check cable for the
affected terminal(s).
Yes
More than 1-pair
Twisted
Ground all unused
pairs at MDF.
No
Cable with 1-pair twisted
pair cable.
Twisted
pair?
No
No
RFI Cleared?
RFI Cleared?
Yes
Yes
End.
Inform
Telco.
End.
Follow the steps below, one at a time, and test after each step.
1. Place a 0.01 microfarad ceramic capacitor (0.001 microfarad for FM Interference)
across receiver and transmitter elements in the Multiline Terminal handset.
2. Add a 0.01 microfarad ceramic capacitor from one transmit lead to one receive
lead.
System Hardware Manual
9-9
Issue 6
Electra Elite
C1
No or Intermittent CO/PBX Ring
Test to see if problem occurs
on one line or several lines.
Several Lines
One Line
C heck M em ory B locks 4-01 and 4-02 to
ensure that line is programmed to
ring on an installed station.
See if problem occurs on
all Multiline Terminals
Assigned Ringing.
Occurrence?
All Terminals
Yes
Occurrence?
Ringing
Assigned?
Not all terminals
Replace one terminal
that has problems.
No
Program ring assignment
. test.
and
Cleared
Yes
End.
Program station for off-hook and
day/night ring, deny DND feature,
Not Cleared and test again.
Still have
Problem?
No
Corrected?
Yes
No
See if affected lines
can be isolated to
One COI(8)-U10 ETU.
Corrected?
Done.
Return defective Multiline
Terminal for repair.
Yes
Reset/ Replace
COI(8)-U10 ETU.
1 COI(8)-U10
ETU?
No
Perform the following tests:
1. Measure CO ring voltage with AC meter
(100 Vac 20 Hz) at the MDDF.
2. Perform Second Initialization.
3. Place external ringer in front of system on
worst case CO line. Check if customer
can hear external ringer at times when the
system does not detect ringing on this line.
4. If problem is not solved, perform First
Initialization and replace CPUB( )-U10.
Test system using default program.
9 - 10
Check whether or not
affected lines can be
.
isolated
to one KSU.
Yes
No
Corrected?
Done.
No
Yes
Basic KSU?
Replace Ribbon cable
between KSUs.
System Maintenance
Electra Elite
Issue 6
C2
Call Dropping
See if problem exists
on all Lines.
No
Yes
Calls
dropped on
all lines?
No
Yes
All
lines at same
time?
Check DC voltages
with a meter and AC
power with a line
disturbance analyzer.
Check outside line key
after call drops.
On
Check COI(8)-U10 LED.
CO
Line Key
LED Status?
Off
Have Telco check line circuits.
Increase Automatic Release
Signal Detection Time. Refer
to Memory Block 3-40.
Off
COI(8)-U10
LED Status?
1. Perform Second Initialization.
If trouble persists go to step 2.
2. Replace COI(8)-U10 ETU. Test.
On
Have Telco check
Line circuit(s).
No
Problem
Solved?
Perform First Initialization.
Replace CPUB( )-U10,
and test system using
default program.
Yes
Return Defective ETU
for repair.
System Hardware Manual
9 - 11
Issue 6
Electra Elite
C3
No Outside Dial Tone Access
SLT
Multiline
Terminal or SLT?
Yes
All
Terminals
affected?
Check for Internal
Dial tone.
No
No
Both
Internal
Dial Tone?
Check for Internal
Dial tone.
Yes
Check for Internal
Dial tone.
No
Internal
Dial Tone?
1. Reset terminal
and test.
2. Replace terminal
OR
3. Reset ESI(8)-U10
ETU and test.
4. Replace ESI(8)-U10
and test.
Yes
Internal
Dial Tone?
No
1. Perform Second
Initialization.
2. Reset and test
SLI(4)/(8)-U10 ETU.
3. Replace and test
SLI(4)/(8)-U10 ETU.
Go to Flowchart
A1.
Leave an SLI(4)/(8)U10 and an ESI(8) U10 ETU installed.
Go to Flowchart A1.
Yes
Test for CO dial
tone at MDF with
test set, and check
CO wiring.
Yes
Check SW 1~8 on COI(8)-U10
ETU for proper switch setting.
1. Check Memory Blocks 4-07, 4-08,
and 4-19 for Station Restriction.
2. Check Memory Block 4-09 for
Telephone to Tenant Assignment.
No
CO
Dial Tone?
Have Telco
check lines.
Check conduit and frame ground
to system for ground start trunks.
1.
2.
3.
4.
9 - 12
Reset and test; replace COI(8)-U10 ETU and test. If trouble persists go to 2.
Perform Second Initialization. If trouble persists go to 3.
Perform First Initialization. If trouble persists go to 4.
Replace CPUB( )-U10 ETU, and test using default program.
System Maintenance
Electra Elite
Issue 6
C4
CO/PBX Dialing Problem: Cannot Dial Out on CO
Check CO lines at MDF
with test set to see if
they are DTMF or DP.
No
SLT
problem
only?
Yes
Check Memory
Block 4-95.
DP
DTMF
DTMF
Line type
program?
DP or
DTMF?
DP
Check CO lines at MDF
with test set to see if
they are DTMF or DP.
Check Memory Block 3-92
Selection to ensure lines are
programmed for DP.
DP
DP or
DTMF?
Programmed
for?
DTMF
DP
DP or
DTMF?
DTMF
DP
DTMF
Check CO lines at MDF
with test set to see if
they are DTMF or DP.
Program lines for DTMF.
Program lines for DP.
Program as DP.
Monitor Line with test set, and
verify if system is sending digits.
Yes
No
Digits Sent?
1. If lines are DTMF, increase the DTMF
duration in Memory Block 3-15.
2. If lines are DP, choose 10 or 20 pps
option in Memory Block 3-92.
3. Check off-hook CO line current.
System Hardware Manual
1. Reset COI(8)-U1- ETU. If trouble persists,
go to next step.
2. Replace COI(8)-U1- ETU, and test.
3. Perform Second Initialization, and test.
4. Perform First Initialization, and test.
5. Replace CPUB( )-U10 ETU.
9 - 13
Issue 6
Electra Elite
D1
Multiline Terminal Function Problems
Yes
All
terminals?
Go to Flowchart A2.
No
Check Memory Block 7-2 for
correct Station Assignment.
No
Reassign.
Assignment
correct?
Yes
Yes
Perform Multiline Terminal Self Test:
1. Unplug terminal line cord.
2. Hold down * and # together and plug in the line card.
3. Press each terminal key to test tones, LEDs, and key contacts.
4. Return terminal on-line by taking handset off-hook and then
return to on-hook.
Problem
solved?
End.
No
Reset and test. Replace defective
terminal, and test.
No
Yes
Send terminal
in for repair.
Connect terminal directly
to MDF, and test.
Problem
solved?
Reset and test, and replace
ESI(8)-U10 ETU.
No
Yes
Send ESI(8)-U10 ETU
in for repair.
9 - 14
Problem
solved?
No
Problem
solved?
Yes
Replace station cable.
1. Perform Second Initialization, and test.
2. Perform First Initialization, and test.
3. Replace CPUB( )-U10 ETU, and test using
default program.
System Maintenance
Electra Elite
Issue 6
D2
Multiline Terminal Ringing Problems
Intermittent
Problem?
Go to Flowchart C1.
Consistent
Check to see if problem occurs on CO
or internal calls (including station-tostation or transferred calls).
Internal
Check to see if station is
call forwarded or in DID.
CO
Problem?
Check Memory Block 4-12.
Both
Yes
No
Station in
Call Forward
or DID?
Yes
Wrong
Assignment?
Check and adjust
volume control, and
test again.
Program
again.
No
Cancel
feature.
Yes
Problem
Solved?
Done.
Check Memory Blocks
4-01 and 4-02 for ring
assignment.
Yes
No
Wrong
Assignment?
Reset/replace station,
then reset or replace
ESI(8)-U10 ETU.
Program
again.
No
Yes
Problem
Solved?
Reset/replace station,
then reset or replace
ESI(8)-U10 ETU.
Yes
Send terminal
in for repair.
System Hardware Manual
No
Problem
Solved?
Done.
No
1. Perform Second Initialization, and test.
2. Perform First Initialization, and test.
3. Replace CPUB( )-U10 ETU, and test
using default program.
9 - 15
Issue 6
Electra Elite
D3
Multiline Terminal Dial Tone Access Problems
Check to see if problem occurs
on CO or Internal call.
CO
Go to Flowchart C3.
Internal
CO or
Internal dial
tone?
Go to Flowchart A1.
Both
Go to Flowchart A1.
9 - 16
System Maintenance
Electra Elite
Issue 6
E1
No Dial Tone Access on SLT
Check Memory Block 7-1 for
SLI(4)/(8)-U10 ETU
assignments.
Yes
End.
No
Problem
solved?
Assignment
correct?
Assign Again.
No
Yes
Both
No CO
or internal
dial tone?
Replace SLT, and test.
Go to Flowchart C3.
Check CO line dial tone
on a Multiline Terminal.
Good
Yes
No
CO
Bad
Internal
Problem
solved?
Replace SLT, and test.
Go to Flowchart C3.
Yes
Problem
solved?
Repair SLT.
No
1. Reset SLI(4)/(8)-U10 ETU, and test.
2. Replace SLI(4)/(8)-U10 ETU, and test.
3. Perform Second Initialization, and test.
Yes
Done..
Problem
solved?
No
Leave one SLI(4)/(8)-U10 ETU, one ESI(8)-U10 ETU, and
CPUB( )-U10 ETU installed. Go to Flowchart A.
System Hardware Manual
9 - 17
Issue 6
Electra Elite
E2
Ringing Problem on SLT
Replace SLT.
Yes
Problem
solved?
SLT defective.
No
Check to see if ringing
problem is intermittent.
No
Check to see if SLT
is call forwarded.
Intermittent
Problem?
Yes
Yes
No
Cancel call
Forwarding.
Call
Forward?
Check SLI(4)/(8)-U10 ETU
for ring voltage output with
AC meter.
Pass
Check BLF indication
for station.
Fail
RSG Test?
Replace SLI(4)/(8)-U10 ETU.
Busy
BLF
Indication?
Te rm ina te SLT on M D F.
Idle
1. Reset/replace SLI(4)/(8)-U10 ETU, and test.
2. Perform Second Initialization, and test; then
perform First Initialization and test.
3. Change CPUB( )-U10 ETU, and test
using default program.
9 - 18
Busy
Check MDF
connection.
Idle
BLF
Indication?
Check/replace
station cable.
System Maintenance
Electra Elite
Issue 6
E3
No Dial Access to Features on SLT
C heck to see if SLT can access
internal or CO dial tone.
No
Access dial
tone?
Go to Flowchart E1.
Yes
Check Memory Block 4-17
for feature assignment.
Good
No
Feature
allowed?
Program
C.O.S.
to
allow feature, and test.
Yes
Done.
Bad
Check Memory Blocks 1-1-46,
1-1-47, and 1-1-48 for access
assignment.
No
Correct
Access Code?
Recheck feature access
with correct Access Code.
Yes
Recheck SLT features operation
selection to verify procedure for
feature.
System Hardware Manual
9 - 19
Issue 6
Electra Elite
F1
Low Volume Problems
Yes
No
All lines?
No
Yes
Yes
Bridge on
system CO
line?
Remove it.
No
Move suspected bad line to
good COI(8)-U10 ETU port.
Move good line to original
COI(8)-U10 ETU port.
All stations?
Replace
Multiline SLT.
Run a dB level test at DMARK
on lines with 1 kHz test tone.
No less than -8dB at MDF is
required.
Yes
Port
Line
Problem
on port or
line?
Reset or replace
COI(8)-U10, and
test again.
Check line with dB
meter and/or contact
Telco.
Less than
-8 dB?
Report Problem
to Telco.
No
Replace COI(8)-U10 ETU.
Yes
Problem
solved?
Done.
No
1. Perform Second Initialization, and test.
2. Perform First Initialization, and test with
default program.
3. Replace CPUB( )-U10 ETU.
9 - 20
System Maintenance
Electra Elite
Issue 6
G1
External Paging Problems
No
Yes
Amplifier
provided?
Install amplifier.
Place Test Set on output of
paging at ECR-U10 ADP with all
external wiring removed.
Yes
External
page heard on
test set?
External amplifier or
wiring is defective.
No
Check Memory Blocks 1-1-46,
1-1- 47, and 1-1-48 for correct
access code (external) for paging.
No
Access Code
correct?
Yes
Pass
1. Reset/replace ECR-U10 ADP, and test.
2. Perform Second Initialization, and test; then
perform First Initialization and test.
3. Replace CPUB( )-U10 ETU, and test
using default program.
System Hardware Manual
Retest using
correct access
code.
Done.
Fail
9 - 21
Issue 6
Electra Elite
H1
SMDR Output Problems (No Call Accounting System)
No
Yes
Incoming
problem only?
No
Printer
RS-232C
compatible?
Check Memory Block 1-5-26
for print selection.
Yes
Compare each parameter between
printer and MIFM-U10 Unit:
1. Baud rate 300~4800
2. ASCII serial output
3. 7- or 8-bit word
4. 1 or 2 stop bits
5. Even, Odd, or no Parity
SMDR requires
RS-232C connection.
Install MIFM-U10 in
Option or IF1~4 slot.
Yes
No
MIFM-U10
in correct
slot?
No
Parameter
match?
Set correct parameters.
Yes
On
LED1 on
MIFM
ON or Off?
LED On
Off
If On/Off s w itc h o n M IF M -U 10
is o ff, tu rn it on .
Test for proper
operation.
LED Off
1. Refer to Installation Service Manual for
RS-232C cable connection.
2. Perform printer self test.
3. Use a breakout box, and ensure that pins
4 and 20 are logic high from printer to
MIFM-U10.
Yes
No
Replace printer
or modify cable.
9 - 22
Check MIFM-U1
in another slot.
On
Recheck in
original slot.
LED1 on
MIFM
ON or Off?
Off
1. Perform second Initialization.
if LED is off:
2. Replace MIFM-U10.
if LED is off:
3. Replace CPUB( )-U10.
High?
System Maintenance
Glossary of Abbreviations
Appendix A
The following table includes common abbreviations used throughout this
document that are listed in alphabetical order.
Abbreviations
System Hardware Manual
Definition
ACD
Automatic Call Distribution
Provides a cost-effective method for supervising incoming
telephone traffic and associated staff activity.
AIS
Alarm Indication Signal
Replaces the normal traffic signal when a maintenance
alarm indication is activated. An AIS signal is transmitted
downstream to indicate an upstream failure was detected.
BNC
Bayonet-Neill-Concelman
Connector for slim coaxial cables. This is similar to ones
used with Ethernet.
BPV
Bipolar Violation
Indicates the presence of two consecutive one bits of the
same polarity on a T carrier line.
BRI
Basic Rate Interface
ISDN subscriber interface. BRI has two bearer B-channels
at 64 Kbps per second and a D-channel at 16 Kbps per
second. The bearer B-channels are provided for PCM
voice, video conferencing, group 4 facsimile machines, and
other similar types of transmissions. The data D-channel is
used to bring in information about incoming calls and take
out information about outgoing calls. BRI can also be used
to access slow-speed data networks such as videotex and
packet switched networks.
BRI has two standards:
U Interface for 2-wire
T Interface for 4-wire
A-1
Issue 6
Electra Elite
Abbreviations
A-2
Definition
CRC
Cyclic Redundancy Check
CRC is a common method to establish that the data is
correctly received in data communications. This process
checks the integrity of a data block. A CRC character is
generated at the transmission end. Its value depends on
the hexadecimal value of the number of ones in the data
block. The transmitting device calculates the value and
appends it to the data block. The receiving end makes a
similar calculation and compares its results with the added
character. If there is a difference, the recipient requests
retransmission.
DN
Directory Number
Unique number (phone number)
telephone or data terminal.
assigned
to
each
ISDN
Integrated Services Digital Network
An international plan to migrate the public switched network
to the universal implementation of standard digital
technology.
LSA
Line Synchronization Alarm Detection
An FT1 trunk looses frame synchronization.
Frame
synchronization occurs when a given digital channel (time
slot) at the receiving end is aligned with the corresponding
channel (time slot) of the transmitting end as it occurs in the
received signal. Usually extra bits (frame synchronization
bits) are inserted at regular intervals to indicate the
beginning of a frame and for use in frame synchronization.
LCR
Least Cost Routing
A feature that automatically chooses the lowest cost phone
line to the destination.
OOF
Out-of-Frame Condition
During FT1 transmission, an Out-of-Frame error occurs
when two or more of four consecutive framing bits are in
error. When this condition exists for more than 2.5 seconds
a Red alarm is sent by the OOF detecting unit. Equipment
that receives this Red alarm responds with a Yellow alarm.
OPX
Off-Premise Extension
A telephone that is located in a different office or building
from the mail phone system. The OPX is connected by a
dedicated telephone line. This extension has all abilities of
the mail phone system.
Glossary of Abbreviations
Electra Elite
Issue 6
Abbreviations
System Hardware Manual
Definition
PRI
Primary Rate Interface
ISDN subscriber interface. PRI has 23 bearer B-channels
at 64 Kbps per second and a D-channel at 64 Kbps per
second. The bearer B-channels are provided for PCM
voice, video conferencing, group 4 facsimile machines, and
other similar types of transmissions. The data D-channel is
used to bring in information about incoming calls and take
out information about outgoing calls. PRI can also be used
to access slow-speed data networks such as videotex and
packet switched networks.
PRI has two standards:
U Interface for 2-wire
T Interface for 4-wire
SLIP
Serial Line Internet Protocol
An Internet protocol is used to run IP over serial lines such
as telephone circuits. IP is the Internet Protocol; the most
important of all protocols on which the Internet is based.
This protocol allows a packet to traverse multiple networks
before it reaches its final destination.
SMDR
Station Message Detail Recording
A feature that collects and records information on outgoing
calls by station.
SPID
Service Profile Identifier
ISDN service is ordered with certain parameters. The SPID
is an 8- to 12-digit number that uniquely identifies the
service ordered. The phone company assigns an SPID for
every phone number. Each ISDN BRI line usually has two
phone numbers.
The SPID is a label identifier that points to a particular
location on the telephone company central office memory
that stores the details of the ISDN services ordered. This
number is necessary for the operation of the ISDN phone,
fax, or PC software. Without this number, ISDN services
cannot be accessed.
VoIP
Voice over Internet Protocol
The ability to carry normal telephone-style voice over an IPbased internet with POTS-like functionality, reliability, and
voice quality.
The Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN) connects
to the LAN IP network through a VoIP gateway. Digitized
speech is transported through IP packets and can include
real-time conversation or voice mail. The IP network can be
public or private, and voice transport can be phone-tophone, computer-to-phone, or computer-to-computer.
A-3
Issue 6
Electra Elite
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
A-4
Glossary of Abbreviations
192
SYSTEM HARDWARE MANUAL
NEC America, Inc.
Issue 6
(Series 6000)
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising